Commit graph

7227 commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Hauke Mehrtens
74eebe93d0 SAE: Do not ignore option sae_require_mfp
Without this patch sae_require_mfp is always activate, when ieee80211w
is set to optional all stations negotiating SAEs are being rejected when
they do not support PMF. With this patch hostapd only rejects these
stations in case sae_require_mfp is set to some value and not null.

Fixes ba3d435fe4 ("SAE: Add option to require MFP for SAE associations")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2018-10-14 20:13:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
dc1b1c8db7 Drop logging priority for handle_auth_cb no-STA-match messages
This message was printed and MSG_INFO level which would be more
reasonable for error cases where hostapd has accepted authentication.
However, this is not really an error case for the cases where
authentication was rejected (e.g., due to MAC ACL). Drop this to use
MSG_DEBUG level.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-10-14 20:03:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6588f71222 Reduce undesired logging of ACL rejection events from AP mode
When Probe Request frame handling was extended to use MAC ACL through
ieee802_11_allowed_address(), the MSG_INFO level log print ("Station
<addr> not allowed to authenticate") from that function ended up getting
printed even for Probe Request frames. That was not by design and it can
result in excessive logging and MSG_INFO level if MAC ACL is used.

Fix this by printing this log entry only for authentication and
association frames. In addition, drop the priority of that log entry to
MSG_DEBUG since this is not really an unexpected behavior in most MAC
ACL use cases.

Fixes: 92eb00aec2 ("Extend ACL check for Probe Request frames")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-10-14 19:57:22 +03:00
Purushottam Kushwaha
e8581183f9 HS 2.0: Use execve() with custom env PATH to launch browser using 'am'
With new restriction in Android, if PATH env variable doesn't have
correct path of 'am' binary, execv() fails to launch wpadebug browser
(am starts, but something seems to fail within its internal processing).

This commit is a workaround to use execve() with custom environment PATH
which includes "/system/bin;/vendor/bin" to handle the cases where
hs20-osu-client fails to launch wpadebug browser through /system/bin/am.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-10-12 15:51:05 +03:00
Visweswara Tanuku
77fcd74753 QCA vendor subcommand and attributes to configure capture of CFR data
Add a subcommand for Channel Frequency Response (CFG) Capture
Configuration and define attributes for configuring CFR capture
parameters per peer and enabling/disabling CFR capture.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-10-11 12:12:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7770a9dd6a RADIUS: Support last_msk with EAP-TLS
This extends the last_msk testing functionality in the RADIUS server to
work with EAP-TLS based on "cert-<serial_num>" form user names in the
database.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-10-11 12:12:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
063cbb87a6 EAP server: Add eap_get_serial_num()
This can be used to fetch the serial number of the peer certificate
during TLS-based EAP session.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-10-11 12:12:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0ec3e77a13 TLS: Add tls_connection_peer_serial_num()
This can be used to fetch the serial number of the peer certificate in
the EAP server. For now, this is implemented only with OpenSSL.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-10-11 12:12:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
18003b315b AS: Add an event_cb() callback handler
This provides debug log information on TLS events on the server side.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-10-11 12:12:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2ff952a5dd OpenSSL: Make serial number of peer certificate available in event_cb
Add serial number to the event_cb() information for the peer certificate
chain.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-10-11 12:12:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cad810a98f HS 2.0: OSU Provider NAI List advertisement
Extend hostapd to allow the new OSU Provider NAI List ANQP-element to be
advertised in addition to the previously used OSU Providers list
ANQP-element. The new osu_nai2 configurator parameter option is used to
specify the OSU_NAI value for the shared BSS (Single SSID) case while
osu_nai remains to be used for the separate OSU BSS.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-10-05 20:49:42 +03:00
vamsi krishna
edb509d49f Add QCA vendor event to report roam scan events
Driver/firmware does roam scan when it finds the need to roam to a
different BSS. Add a QCA vendor event to indicate such roam scan events
from driver/firmware to user space.

Please note that some drivers may not send these events in few cases,
e.g., if the host processor is sleeping when this event is generated in
firmware to avoid undesired wakeups.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-10-04 00:31:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
17d4b77472 RSN: Do not replace existing Suite B PMKSA on 4-way handshake
PMKID derivation with the Suite B AKMs is a special case compared to
other AKMs since that derivation uses KCK instead of PMK as an input.
This means that the PMKSA cache entry can be added only after KCK has
been derived during 4-way handshake. This also means that PMKID would
change every time 4-way handshake is repeated even when maintaining the
same PMK (i.e., during PTK rekeying and new associations even if they
use PMKSA caching).

wpa_supplicant was previously replacing the PMKSA cache entry whenever a
new PMKID was derived. This did not match hostapd expectations on the AP
side since hostapd did not update the PMKSA cache entry after it was
created. Consequently, PMKSA caching could be used only once (assuming
no PTK rekeying happened before that). Fix this by making wpa_supplicant
behave consistently with hostapd, i.e., by adding the Suite B PMKSA
cache entries with the PMKID from the very first 4-way handshake
following PMK derivation and then not updating the PMKID.

IEEE Std 802.11-2016 is somewhat vague in this area and it seems to
allow both cases to be used (initial PMKID or any consecutive PMKID
derived from the same PMK). While both cases could be supported that
would result in significantly more complex implementation and need to
store multiple PMKID values. It looks better to clarify the standard to
explicitly note that only the first PMKID derived after PMK derivation
is used (i.e., match the existing hostapd implementation).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-09-27 11:37:19 +03:00
Srikanth Marepalli
bd88ed60fa eap_proxy: Fix memory leaks when using eap_peer_erp_init()
The external session_id and emsk from eap_proxy_get_eap_session_id() and
eap_proxy_get_emsk() need to be freed consistently in all code paths
within eap_peer_erp_init() and outside it in the case ERP is not
initialized.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-09-21 21:34:08 +03:00
Ankita Bajaj
820ea0ba93 DPP: Fix a memory leak on Configurator keygen error path
The allocated configuration structure needs to be freed if the specified
curve is not supported.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-09-21 21:22:42 +03:00
Ankita Bajaj
5a052f92eb DPP: Fix a memory leak in L derivation
The temporary EC_POINT 'sum' needs to be freed at the end of the
function with the other OpenSSL allocations.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-09-21 21:21:14 +03:00
Ankita Bajaj
bae282e3e8 DPP: Fix an error path memory leak in URI public key parsing
The allocated buffer from base64_decode() needs to be freed on the
sha256_vector() error path.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-09-21 21:20:06 +03:00
Srikanth Marepalli
e662260162 Free dh_ctx on failure in wps_nfc_gen_dh()
This is needed to avoid a memory leak on an error path.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-09-20 17:18:16 +03:00
Varun Reddy Yeturu
60377efcc1 QCA vendor command support for TWT test configuration
Define new QCA vendor specific test config attributes to configure TWT.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-09-18 13:03:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2b92c4f3c0 DPP: Fix test functionality for invalid keys with OpenSSL 1.1.0
It looks like at least OpenSSL 1.1.0i includes the extra checks in
EC_POINT_set_affine_coordinates_GFp() that break the previously used
mechanism for generating invalid keys. Fix this by using the alternative
design that was used with OpenSSL 1.1.1 and BoringSSL.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-09-17 17:23:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3ecb8a5203 ANQP: Parse and report Venue URL information
Parse the Venue URL ANQP-element payload and report it with the new
RX-VENUE-URL event messages if the query was done using PMF.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-09-15 05:17:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ad4e4f60a0 RADIUS server: Add testing support for authentication result
CONFIG_RADIUS_TEST builds can now update the user SQLite database based
on authentication result from the last attempt. If the database has a
last_msk column, that will be set to the hexdump of the MSK whenever
authentication succeeds and to "FAIL" whenever authentication fails.
This can be used for testing purposes by having an external program
track authentication status per user.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-09-11 04:02:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
02eec9954c XML: Do not add empty Value node for nodes with child nodes in TNDS
This fixes some validation issues against DM_ddf DTD that were caused by
the conversion from the internal tree structure to TNDS. Only the leaf
nodes are supposed to have the Value node.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-09-10 21:43:43 +03:00
Kiran Kumar Lokere
13dd13fc01 Define test config attribute to configure OM control support
Define a new QCA vendor specific test config attribute to configure the
support for receiving the MPDU with operating mode control subfield.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-09-06 00:01:57 +03:00
Roee Zamir
d6801b0545 nl80211: Support OCE features (driver capability and scan params)
Check if the device supports specific mandatory features and set the the
relevant WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_OCE_STA flag. Send the relevant scan
parameters for OCE scans.

Signed-off-by: Roee Zamir <roee.zamir@intel.com>
2018-09-02 17:59:01 +03:00
Roee Zamir
938dd97a84 driver: Add OCE scan parameters
Add a flag to scan parameters that enables OCE scan features. If this
flag is set the device should enable the following features as defined
in the Optimized Connectivity Experience Technical Specification v1.0:
- Overwrite FILS request Max Channel Time with actual value (clause 3.8)
- Send Probe Request frame in high rate (at least 5.5 Mbps) (clause 3.12)
- Probe Request frame Transmission Deferral and Suppression (clause 3.5)
- Accept broadcast Probe Response frame (clause 3.6)

Signed-off-by: Roee Zamir <roee.zamir@intel.com>
2018-09-02 17:53:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
830eacf9d0 Sync with mac80211-next.git include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
This brings in nl80211 definitions as of 2018-08-29.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-09-02 17:45:27 +03:00
Johannes Berg
2543b19e46 random: Remove write-only variable random_entropy_file_read
This variable is never read, so it's not needed. Remove it.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2018-09-02 12:51:06 +03:00
Andreas Tobler
b5ebe5dd5b hostapd: Send an event before throwing a station on re-authentication
If you modify the WLAN-STA-AUTHORIZED bit in sta->flags, you have to
call the ap_sta_set_authorized() function to make sure the corresponding
event is sent over the control interface. Otherwise we leak entries in
the event history.

Signed-off-by: Andreas Tobler <andreas.tobler@cloudguard.ch>
2018-09-02 12:48:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
57151ae984 atheros: Fix atheros_send_mgmt() dependency on CONFIG_FILS
This fixes a CONFIG_FILS=y build without CONFIG_IEEE80211W=y.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-09-02 12:42:28 +03:00
Chaitanya T K
410e2dd1d6 OWE: Fix build error in AP code without CONFIG_IEEE80211W=y
When CONFIG_OWE is enabled but none of 11R/11W/FILS are enabled hostapd
(and wpa_supplicant with AP mode support) build failed. Fix this by
adding OWE to the list of conditions for including the local variables.

Signed-off-by: Chaitanya T K <chaitanya.mgit@gmail.com>
2018-09-02 12:38:16 +03:00
Hu Wang
b898b65582 nl80211: Do not ignore disconnect event in case of !drv->associated
Commit 3f53c006c7 ('nl80211: Ignore
disconnect event in case of locally generated request') made
wpa_supplicant ignore the next received disconnect event for cases where
wpa_supplicant itself requested a disconnection. This can result in
ignoring a disconnection notification in some cases.

Considering a P2P Client receiving disconnect event from the kernel
after a P2P group is started, drv->ignore_next_local_disconnect is
cleared to 0, then wpa_driver_nl80211_disconnect() will be called during
the removal of the group, in which drv->ignore_next_local_disconnect is
set to 1 by mistake.

Do not allow ignore_next_local_{disconnect,deauth} to be set to 1 if the
driver is not in associated state (drv->associated is 0) to avoid this
type of cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-08-31 12:01:33 +03:00
Purushottam Kushwaha
20f612d998 DPP: Set group id through DPP_AUTH_INIT or dpp_configurator_params
This enhances DPP_AUTH_INIT, DPP_CONFIGURATOR_SIGN, and SET
dpp_configurator_params to allow optional setting of the DPP groupId
string for a Connector. If the value is not set, the previously wildcard
value ("*") is used by default.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-08-30 23:34:00 +03:00
Nachiket Kukade
495aebd39f Add new QCA vendor command and attributes to enhance NAN
The payload used for the existing NAN vendor command,
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_NAN is a binary blob of data. This
command is not extendable to send additional information. Hence
define a new vendor command QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_NAN_EXT,
that can carry the binary blob encapsulated within an attribute
and can carry additional attributes to enhance the NAN command
interface. Define additional 3 new attributes for conveying
type of NAN subcmd and channel information.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-08-30 22:55:19 +03:00
Nachiket Kukade
28c7f77a85 Correct the documentation of NAN vendor command
Present implementation of NAN vendor command does not use
attribute encapsulation for sending the command from userspace
to the driver, payload is directly sent as is. Attribute
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_NAN is used only for receiving vendor
events in the userspace from the driver. Update the doc as per
this implementation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-08-30 22:50:17 +03:00
xiaofeis
b3f24b06e3 mka: Fix confidentiality offset issue in macsec_qca driver interface
Confidentiality offset from MKA should be configured to the
driver/hardware when creating SA.

Signed-off-by: xiaofeis <xiaofeis@codeaurora.org>
2018-08-24 16:27:34 +03:00
xiaofeis
bed30e8d3b mka: Fix sci port mask issue in macsec_qca driver interface
Need to use full 8-bit mask here when swapping byte order.

Signed-off-by: xiaofeis <xiaofeis@codeaurora.org>
2018-08-24 16:27:34 +03:00
Kiran Kumar Lokere
1bac151eaf Change the ADDBA buffer size attribute type to U16 from U8
The max supported ADDBA buffer size value is 256, so change
the buffer size attribute type to U16 to configure the testbed
device to use the 256 buffer size in ADDBA negotiation in 11ax
testing.

This attribute is used only to configure a testbed device and the old
definition of this attribute was not used in any deployed implementation
hence it is still justifiable to change the definition.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-08-24 16:27:34 +03:00
Srinivas Dasari
d35003e501 Vendor attribute to get max blacklist BSSIDs capability
Add a QCA vendor attribute
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_GSCAN_MAX_BLACKLIST_BSSID to get maximum
blacklist BSSIDs capability from the driver for gscan.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-08-24 16:27:34 +03:00
Bhagavathi Perumal S
8bfbb295df nl80211: Fix sending of WDS STA event to the correct BSS context
The WDS-STA-INTERFACE-ADDED/WDS-STA-INTERFACE-REMOVED events were always
sent to the first BSS instead of the specific BSS that the STA was
connected to in multi-BSS cases. Fix this by using the BSS specific
context pointer.

Fixes: 1952b626ba ("hostapd: Add ctrl iface indications for WDS STA interface")
Signed-off-by: Bhagavathi Perumal S <bperumal@codeaurora.org>
2018-08-24 16:27:34 +03:00
xiaofeis
1ff8605775 mka: Support GCM-AES-256
GCM-AES-256 cipher suite is defined in IEEE Std 802.1AEbn-2011.

If authenticator configured as GCM-AES-256, the distributed SAK will be
256 bits indicated by the GCM-AES-256 ID in the MKA packet.

This patch will make AES Key Unwrap to 32 bytes of SAK when identify the
ID.

Signed-off-by: xiaofeis <xiaofeis@codeaurora.org>
2018-08-21 19:28:20 +03:00
Hu Wang
567df5501c Re-configure WEP keys on hostapd interface re-enable
This allows WEP mode AP to be re-enabled automatically after external
ifconfig down + up on netdev used by hostapd.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-08-21 18:50:12 +03:00
Rosen Penev
373c796948 OpenSSL: Fix compile with OpenSSL 1.1.0 and deprecated APIs
SSL_session_reused() is the same as the deprecated SSL_cache_hit(). The
engine load stuff is now handled by OPENSSL_init().

Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
2018-08-12 16:26:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c6e1a9a0b3 Clarify the TODO comment regarding PMKID KDE in EAPOL-Key msg 1/4
Make it clear that the consideration should be only for the IBSS case
and in infrastructure BSS case, PMKID KDE should not be added due to
risks involved with exposing this to stations that do not know the
passphrase.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-08-10 13:51:04 +03:00
Mathy Vanhoef
3e34cfdff6 WPA: Ignore unauthenticated encrypted EAPOL-Key data
Ignore unauthenticated encrypted EAPOL-Key data in supplicant
processing. When using WPA2, these are frames that have the Encrypted
flag set, but not the MIC flag.

When using WPA2, EAPOL-Key frames that had the Encrypted flag set but
not the MIC flag, had their data field decrypted without first verifying
the MIC. In case the data field was encrypted using RC4 (i.e., when
negotiating TKIP as the pairwise cipher), this meant that
unauthenticated but decrypted data would then be processed. An adversary
could abuse this as a decryption oracle to recover sensitive information
in the data field of EAPOL-Key messages (e.g., the group key).
(CVE-2018-14526)

Signed-off-by: Mathy Vanhoef <Mathy.Vanhoef@cs.kuleuven.be>
2018-08-08 16:51:35 +03:00
Kiran Kumar Lokere
cbdf5a49c8 Define test config vendor attribute to override MU EDCA
Add a new test config QCA vendor attribute to override the MU EDCA
parameters to default values in the driver for test configuration. This
is used for configuring the testbed device.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-08-01 17:38:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5ca1196577 HS 2.0: Fix Terms and Conditions Server URL macro replacement
The last character of the STA MAC address got replaced with 0x00 due to
truncation if the @1@ macro was used at the end of the URL. Fix this
case by allocating larger buffer for the URL.

Fixes: d4e39c51f8 ("HS 2.0: Move Terms and Conditions Server URL generation from AP to AS")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-07-31 00:07:36 +03:00
Kiran Kumar Lokere
420b5dd814 Define test config QCA vendor attribute for HE MAC padding duration
Add a new wifi test config QCA vendor attribute to configure HE
trigger frame MAC padding duration value in the driver.
This is used for testbed configuration.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-07-06 21:27:01 +03:00
Hu Wang
8a9950f7b6 nl80211: Indicate interface up only for the main netdev
ifname is checked for interface down event in commit
106fa1e97e ("nl80211: Indicate
interface-down event only for the main netdev"). Do the same for
interface up event to avoid unexpected notifications when the master
interface (e.g., a bridge interface) is set up while then WLAN interface
remains down.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-07-05 13:41:46 +03:00
Sathishkumar Muruganandam
c809756f9f nl80211: Allocate nl_sock for NETLINK_ROUTE when already_in_bridge
When we start hostapd having Hotspot 2.0 configuration with interface
already added to bridge interface, addition and deletion of new neighbor
to bridge ip neighbor table fails.

This is since 'bss->added_if_into_bridge' is not set which only allows
'drv->rtnl_sk' (nl_sock for NETLINK_ROUTE) allocation needed for bridge
ip neighbor table.

Add a new bit 'already_in_bridge' and set it when interface is already
added to bridge by some external component. Check this bit in addition
to 'bss->added_if_into_bridge' for 'drv->rtnl_sk' allocation done in
i802_init().

Now 'drv->rtnl_sk' is closed in wpa_driver_nl80211_deinit() regardless of
'bss->added_if_into_bridge' since when we have 'bss->already_in_bridge'
case too, this need to be removed.

brctl show

bridge name     bridge id               STP enabled     interfaces
br0             8000.8efdf006b050       no              ap

hostapd_cli raw STATUS-DRIVER

Selected interface 'ap'
ifindex=15
ifname=ap
brname=br0
addr=8e:fd:f0:06:b0:50
freq=5180
beacon_set=1
already_in_bridge=1
..

Signed-off-by: Sathishkumar Muruganandam <murugana@codeaurora.org>
2018-07-05 13:36:27 +03:00
Peng Xu
946e35eace nl80211: Skip vendor specific DFS offload if upstream mechanism is used
Since the generic DFS offload support flag is added as
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD, only use the vendor command to check
DFS capablity if the flag is not already set.

Signed-off-by: Peng Xu <pxu@codeaurora.org>
2018-07-05 13:18:28 +03:00
Kiran Kumar Lokere
7bf86e4416 Define test config QCA vendor attribute for HE MU EDCA params
Add a new wifi test config QCA vendor attributes to configure
HE MU EDCA parameters value in the driver.
This is used for testbed configuration.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-07-03 18:12:44 +03:00
Kiran Kumar Lokere
6cc77193c6 Define test config QCA vendor attribute for Tx beamformee NSTS
Add a new wifi test config QCA vendor attribute to configure Tx
beamformee number of space-time streams value in the driver.
This is used for testbed configuration.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-06-28 18:37:01 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
abed6136ae RADIUS: Add DAC implementation in hostapd(AS)
The new DAC_REQUEST control interface command can now be used to request
hostapd to send out Disconnect-Request and CoA-Request packets for an
existing session.

DAC_REQUEST <disconnect|coa> <MAC Address> [t_c_clear]

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-06-22 19:37:18 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
72aad113c2 RADIUS: Allow 0.0.0.0 to be used as wildard radius_das_client
This allows hostapd DAS to be configured to allow any DAC (with the
matching shared secret) to send Disconnect-Request and CoA-Request
packets.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-06-22 19:37:18 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2122fc83aa RADIUS server: Add current_sessions SQLite table
This can be used to track active sessions, e.g., for the purpose of
issuing RADIUS DAS commands (Disconnect-Request or CoA-Request).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-06-22 19:37:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d4e39c51f8 HS 2.0: Move Terms and Conditions Server URL generation from AP to AS
This makes it more convenient to generate the URL in a way that
interoperates between different vendors. The AP is simply copying the
already constructed URL as-is from Access-Accept to WNM-Notification.
This means that the HO AAA can generate the URL in a manner that works
for the associated T&C Server without having to coordinate with each AP.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-06-21 20:50:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3a8dd390c9 SAE: Allow authentication restart on AP
In the infrastructure BSS case, the AP needs to clear pending SAE state
if a new Commit message is received when already in Committed state.
This allows the non-AP STA to negotiate a new group if it ends up trying
to go through SAE authentication again before the AP side has removed
the previous STA entry.

This fixes an issue where a kernel update changed something in SAE
timing or authentication sequence and started failing the
sae_bignum_failure hwsim test case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-06-20 13:04:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a10f5714cc HS 2.0: Allow Hotspot 2.0 version number to be overridden for build
This can be used for testing and development purposes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-06-18 20:11:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c6f01fbf26 nl80211: Add more command/event names to debug prints
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-06-15 21:40:08 +03:00
Martin Willi
4a0e011560 AP: Fix HT 20/40 co-ex transition timer cancellation on iface removal
When removing an interface, hostapd_bss_deinit() frees all associated
STAs. If any of the stations is 40MHz intolerant, the cleanup invokes
ht40_intolerant_remove(), that in turn registers a 20->40MHz transition
timer for the last station (ap_ht2040_timeout() function). That timer is
never canceled; once it executes, the interface is gone, most likely
resulting in a segfault when referencing it.

While hostapd_interface_deinit() cancels the transition timer, it does
so before cleaning up STAs. Move the cancellation after STA cleanup to
cancel any timer that was registered during that operation.

Signed-off-by: Martin Willi <martin@strongswan.org>
2018-06-12 21:45:10 +03:00
Peng Xu
b915f2cdf2 nl80211: Handle NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE event
Handle NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE the same way as the
NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE event. The wiphy-specific event is generated by
the cfg80211 reg_process_self_managed_hints() function, e.g., when going
through regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl(). Previously, such events
were ignored completely in hostapd/wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-06-07 00:05:39 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c3e4f40cd6 FT: Derive PMKR0Name/PMKR1Name using SHA-384 with AKM 00-0F-AC:13
The AKM 00-0F-AC:13 is supposed to use cryptographic algorithms
consistently, but the current IEEE 802.11 standard is not doing so for
the key names: PMKID (uses SHA-1), PMKR0Name/PMKR1Name (uses SHA-256).
The PMKID case was already implemented with SHA-384 and this commit
replaces use of SHA-256 with SHA-384 for PMKR0Name/PMKR1Name derivation
to be consistent in SHA-384. While this is not compliant with the
current IEEE 802.11 standard, this is clearly needed to meet CNSA Suite
requirements. Matching change is being proposed in REVmd to get the IEEE
802.11 standard to meet the use case requirements.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-06-06 23:59:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e8d08cf378 SAE: Do not drop STA entry on reauthentication in infrastructure BSS
A new SAE Commit message should not be allowed to drop an existing STA
entry since the sender of that Commit message cannot be authenticated
before receiving the Confirm message. This is important in particular
when PMF is used since this would provide a potential new path for
forcing a connection to be dropped.

Fix this by allowing a new SAE Authentication instance to be started
when the old instance is in Accepted state and the new Commit message
does not use the same peer-scalar value (checked in
sae_parse_commit_scalar()). When PMF is used, the AP will use SA Query
procedure when receiving the (Re)Association Request frame. In theory,
that step could be skipped in case of SAE Authentication since the
non-AP STA is demonstrating knowledge of the password. Anyway, there is
no allowance for that exception in the IEEE 802.11 standard, so at least
for now, leave this using SA Query procedure just like any other PMF
case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-06-06 01:22:01 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ef13b33afc FT: Support BIP-CMAC-256, BIP-GMAC-128, BIP-GMAC-256 in STA case
wpa_supplicant was hardcoded to use BIP-CMAC-128 in FT protocol if PMF
was enabled. Extend that to allow the other BIP algorithms to be used as
well.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-06-05 21:50:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ff168f8c23 FT: Support 256-bit IGTK in AP case
hostapd was hardcoded to use 128-bit IGTK in FT protocol (IGTK
subelement in FTE). Extend that to allow 256-bit IGTK (i.e.,
BIP-CMAC-256 and BIP-GMAC-256) to be used as well.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-06-05 21:50:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2cf36d6085 FT: Handle AssocResp generation failures as fatal errors
Instead of sending out a partially completed frame, abort the
association process if something unexpected happens and remove the STA
entry.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-06-05 21:50:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
657b4c45a9 FILS: Fix KEK2 use in FT-FILS use cases
When support for KCK2 and KEK2 was added, both keys were derived for
FT-FILS cases, but only KCK2 was actually used. Add similar changes to
use KEK2 to protect GTK/IGTK in FTE with using FT-FILS AKMs.

This fixes AES key wrapping to use the correct key. The change is not
backwards compatible.

Fixes: 2f37387812 ("FILS: Add more complete support for FT-FILS use cases")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-06-05 21:04:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
661afb2edd FT: Fix RRB error path handling
When building an RRB message, a failure in wpa_ft_rrb_lin() calls could
have resulted in trying to free an uninitialized pointer. Fix this by
initializing *packet to NULL before going through the initial steps.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-06-05 20:16:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
df3bf6870b FT: Debug print of IE parsing element details
This makes it easier to debug issues in processing FT frames.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-06-05 20:16:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3d9cd08410 FT: Add support for variable length PMK-R1 receiving in RRB
SHA384-based FT AKM uses longer keys, so the RRB receive processing for
push and pull response messages needs to be able to accept variable
length PMK-R1.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-06-05 20:16:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a7968ea568 FT: FTE generation for SHA384-based AKM on AP
The MIC field is now a variable length field, so make FTE generation in
hostapd aware of the two different field lengths.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-06-05 20:16:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
06f1286607 FT: FTE generation for SHA384-based AKM on STA
The MIC field is now a variable length field, so make FTE generation in
wpa_supplicant aware of the two different field lengths.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-06-05 20:16:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9a33737a0b FT: FTE parsing for SHA384-based AKM
The MIC field is now a variable length field, so make the FTE parser
aware of the two different field lengths.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-06-05 19:29:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
994eac7e61 FT: PMK-R0 derivation using SHA384-based AKM
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-06-05 19:29:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1655e81c97 FT: PMKID derivation using SHA384-based AKM
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-06-05 19:29:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
40a2eb1164 FT: PTK derivation using SHA384-based AKM
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-06-05 19:29:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7880a6a2b8 FT: PMK-R1 derivation using SHA384-based AKM
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-06-05 19:29:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b327026a72 FT: FTE MIC calculation using SHA384-based AKM
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-06-05 19:29:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c49a9d6b99 FT: EAPOL-Key MIC calculation using SHA384-based AKM
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-06-05 19:29:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9f12271b2a FT: XXKey derivation for SHA384-based AKM
XXKey is the first 384 bits of MSK when using the SHA384-based FT AKM.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-06-05 19:29:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a3e18dbb6a FT: Support variable length keys
This is a step in adding support for SHA384-based FT AKM.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-06-05 19:29:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c22bb5bba6 FT: SHA384-based AKM in RSNE processing
This defines key lengths for SHA384-based FT AKM and handles writing and
parsing for RSNE AKMs with the new value.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-06-05 01:11:41 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3a11c69e0d EAP-TLS: Derive Session-Id using TLS-Exporter when TLS v1.3 is used
This updates Session-Id derivation with TLS v1.3 per
draft-ietf-emu-eap-tls13-00.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-06-01 17:58:56 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2d26434ac7 EAP-TLS server: Fix EMSK derivation with TLS v1.3
The new label string for TLS-Exporter was taken into use for MSK
derivation, but it was missed from EMSK deriation in the server side
implementation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-06-01 17:52:18 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f8aed720e4 EAP-TLS: Update key derivation label per draft-ietf-emu-eap-tls13-00
The label strings used for deriving Key_Material with TLS v1.3 were
changed, so update the implementation to match the new values.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-06-01 17:41:59 +03:00
Mikael Kanstrup
8518326b22 Add some missing driver flags strings
New WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS have been added but corresponding lookup
strings for driver_flags command were never added. Add the
missing strings.

Signed-off-by: Mikael Kanstrup <mikael.kanstrup@sony.com>
2018-05-31 13:03:54 +03:00
Markus Theil
b375b04b67 WNM: Fix time_zone advertisement without time_zone configuration
If time_advertisement=2 is included in hostapd configuration, but
time_zone is unset, the previous implementation tried to write the Time
Zone element into management frames. This resulted in segmentation fault
when trying to dereference a NULL pointer. Fix that by skipping addition
of this element when time_zone parameter is not set.

Signed-off-by: Markus Theil <markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de>
2018-05-31 12:53:43 +03:00
Peter Oh
0928b62944 nl80211: Allow mesh interface to send channel switch request
Add mesh type to nl80211 channel switch request, so mesh is able to send
the request to kernel drivers.

Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <peter.oh@bowerswilkins.com>
2018-05-31 12:16:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f5a602168f HS 2.0: Allow OSEN connection to be used in an RSN BSS
This allows a single BSS/SSID to be used for both data connection and
OSU. In wpa_supplicant configuration, the current proto=OSEN
key_mgmt=OSEN combination is now allowing both the old separate OSEN
BSS/IE and the new RSN-OSEN to be used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-05-29 23:34:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8d660a4bac HS 2.0: Allow OSEN connection to be enabled in an RSN BSS
This allows a single BSS/SSID to be used for both data connection and
OSU. Instead of hostapd configuration osen=1, wpa_key_mgmt=OSEN (or more
likely, wpa_key_mgmt=WPA-EAP OSEN) is used to enable this new option.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-05-29 23:34:22 +03:00
xiaofeis
0fe3ede0a4 macsec_qca: Fix byte order of TX SCI port
Before calling HW macsec driver API, be_to_host16() should be used to
reverse the SCI port byte order. This was broken as part of the mka API
changes.

Fixes: 8ebfc7c2ba ("mka: Pass full structures down to macsec drivers' transmit SC ops")
Signed-off-by: xiaofeis <xiaofeis@codeaurora.org>
2018-05-28 22:17:58 +03:00
Dan Harkins
22ac3dfebf EAP-pwd: Mask timing of PWE derivation
Run through the hunting-and-pecking loop 40 times to mask the time
necessary to find PWE. The odds of PWE not being found in 40 loops is
roughly 1 in 1 trillion.

Signed-off-by: Dan Harkins <dharkins@lounge.org>
2018-05-28 22:15:15 +03:00
Dan Harkins
b8acd50114 EAP-pwd peer: Add SHA512 hash based salt mechanism
Signed-off-by: Dan Harkins <dharkins@lounge.org>
2018-05-28 22:09:20 +03:00
Dan Harkins
fb3675848c EAP-pwd peer: Add SHA256 hash based salt mechanism
Signed-off-by: Dan Harkins <dharkins@lounge.org>
2018-05-28 22:09:20 +03:00
Dan Harkins
7ef8adc7d8 EAP-pwd peer: Add SHA-1 hash based salt mechanism
Signed-off-by: Dan Harkins <dharkins@lounge.org>
2018-05-28 22:09:20 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7280723fbf EAP-pwd peer: Check for unexpected state for ID exchange
Aborty processing if ID exchange processing is entered twice
unexpectedly. This avoids memory leaks in the function.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-05-28 22:09:20 +03:00
Dan Harkins
44136f6ca2 EAP-pwd peer: Add support for salted password databases
These changes add support for salted password databases to EAP-pwd per
RFC 8146. This commits introduces the framework for enabling this and
the actual salting mechanisms are introduced in the following commits.

Signed-off-by: Dan Harkins <dharkins@lounge.org>
2018-05-28 22:09:20 +03:00
Dan Harkins
0744e303cf EAP-pwd peer: Move PWE derivation to commit exchange
There is no need to do this during the ID exchange, so move PWE
deriation into the following commit exchange in preparation for adding
support for salted passwords.

Signed-off-by: Dan Harkins <dharkins@lounge.org>
2018-05-28 22:09:20 +03:00
Dan Harkins
d52ead3db7 EAP-pwd server: Add support for salted password databases
These changes add support for salted password databases to EAP-pwd per
RFC 8146. This commits introduces the framework for enabling this and
the salting mechanisms based on SHA-1, SHA256, and SHA512 hash
algorithms.

Signed-off-by: Dan Harkins <dharkins@lounge.org>
2018-05-28 22:08:51 +03:00
Dan Harkins
a8712ce5b3 EAP-pwd: Pre-processing method definitions from RFC 8146
Add new password pre-processing method definitions in preparation for
salted passwords with EAP-pwd.

Signed-off-by: Dan Harkins <dharkins@lounge.org>
2018-05-28 17:15:07 +03:00
Dan Harkins
2a5c291881 EAP-pwd: Move EC group initialization to earlier step
This is needed for adding support for salted passwords.

Signed-off-by: Dan Harkins <dharkins@lounge.org>
2018-05-28 17:15:07 +03:00
Sachin Ahuja
b829e4b694 Add a QCA vendor command attribute to enable/disable GTX
This commit adds a new vendor command attribute
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_CONFIG_GTX in
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SET_WIFI_CONFIGURATION to enable/disable green
Tx power saving feature.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-05-24 18:47:48 +03:00
Lior David
91db940ff0 fst: Fix compile error in fst_ctrl_aux.h with C++ compilers
Move enum fst_reason to be a top level type, since it is used as
argument in the function fst_reason_name() and having it as nested
type caused a compile error when fst_ctrl_aux.h was included from
a C++ source file.

Signed-off-by: Lior David <liord@codeaurora.org>
2018-05-21 17:47:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9be19d0b9c SAE: Add support for using the optional Password Identifier
This extends the SAE implementation in both infrastructure and mesh BSS
cases to allow an optional Password Identifier to be used. This uses the
mechanism added in P802.11REVmd/D1.0. The Password Identifier is
configured in a wpa_supplicant network profile as a new string parameter
sae_password_id. In hostapd configuration, the existing sae_password
parameter has been extended to allow the password identifier (and also a
peer MAC address) to be set. In addition, multiple sae_password entries
can now be provided to hostapd to allow multiple per-peer and
per-identifier passwords to be set.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-05-19 17:30:29 +03:00
Naveen Rawat
4e47eec5a9 Add QCA NAN vendor attributes to provide IPv6 information
Add NAN attributes to communicate IPv6 address, port, and protocol
between wifihal and host driver.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-05-17 22:10:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9973129646 wolfSSL: Fix crypto_bignum_rshift() wrapper
The n argument to this function is number of bits, not bytes, to shift.
As such, need to use mp_rshb() instead of mp_rshd(). This fixes EAP-pwd
with P-521 curve.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-05-17 22:02:02 +03:00
Sean Parkinson
4b2e03c42a wolfSSL: DH initialization to call TEST_FAIL() for error tests
Signed-off-by: Sean Parkinson <sean@wolfssl.com>
2018-05-17 20:08:22 +03:00
Sean Parkinson
2b01270c8a wolfSSL: Fix ECDH set peer to use the index when importing point
Signed-off-by: Sean Parkinson <sean@wolfssl.com>
2018-05-17 20:08:15 +03:00
Sathishkumar Muruganandam
bda9c08596 hostapd: Fix CHAN_SWITCH command for VHT20 and VHT40
Previously, hostapd CHAN_SWITCH command did not effect VHT configuration
for the following:

When VHT is currently disabled (ieee80211ac=0),

1. hostapd_cli -p /var/run/hostapd chan_switch 10 5180 \
                sec_channel_offset=1 center_freq1=5190 bandwidth=40 ht

====> Comes up in HT40

2. hostapd_cli -p /var/run/hostapd chan_switch 10 5765 \
                sec_channel_offset=-1 center_freq1=5775 bandwidth=40 vht

====> Comes up in HT40

3. hostapd_cli -p /var/run/hostapd chan_switch 10 5200 center_freq1=5200 \
                                                  bandwidth=20 vht

====> Comes up in HT20

When VHT is currently enabled (ieee80211ac=1),

1. hostapd_cli -p /var/run/hostapd chan_switch 10 5180 \
                sec_channel_offset=1 center_freq1=5190 bandwidth=40 ht

====> Comes up in VHT40

2. hostapd_cli -p /var/run/hostapd chan_switch 10 5200 center_freq1=5200 \
                                                  bandwidth=20 ht

====> Comes up in VHT20

This is since VHT config from chan_switch is processed only for
bandwidths 80 and above (80P80, 160) and for VHT20, VHT40 cases, only
NLA chan type and chan width are updated.

There is no NL attribute for determining if it is HT or VHT for
bandwidths 20 & 40 and currently they are updated as HT20, HT40 (+ or -
depending on offset). Same is notified back via
NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY.

Instead of adding new NL attribute for tracking HT/VHT enabled config,
we are adding new hostapd VHT config parameter to save the chan_switch
config and use only for chan_switch case of VHT20 and VHT40.

Tested with all combinations of chan_switch (noHT->20->40->80->) HT/VHT
and confirmed to be working.

Signed-off-by: Sathishkumar Muruganandam <murugana@codeaurora.org>
2018-05-16 01:16:54 +03:00
Karthikeyan Periyasamy
c4dd3afa3c ACS: Avoid invalid interference factor when survey channel time is zero
When the channel time is zero the interference factor calculation falls
under divide by zero operation which results in invalid (NaN =
not-a-number) interference factor value. This leads to wrong ideal
channel selection in ACS during the scenario described below.

Scenario:

In VHT80 mode, the channel 36 (first channel) gets the channel time as
zero which causes the interfactor factor to be an invalid number (NaN).
Any operations (like addition, mulitplication, divide, etc.) with NaN
value results in a NaN value, so that average factor for the primary
channel 36 got the invalid value (NaN). Since channel 36 is the first
channel, ideal factor is assigned as NaN in the first iteration. The
following iteration condition check (factor < ideal_factor) with a NaN
value fail for all other primary channels. This results in channel 36
being chosen as the ideal channel in ACS which holds a NaN value.

Logs:

ACS: Survey analysis for channel 36 (5180 MHz)
ACS: 1: min_nf=-103 interference_factor=nan nf=0 time=0 busy=0 rx=0
ACS: 2: min_nf=-103 interference_factor=0.615385 nf=-102 time=13 busy=8 rx=0
ACS: 3: min_nf=-103 interference_factor=2.45455 nf=0 time=22 busy=16 rx=0
ACS: 4: min_nf=-103 interference_factor=0.785714 nf=-103 time=42 busy=33 rx=0
ACS: 5: min_nf=-103 interference_factor=nan nf=0 time=0 busy=0 rx=0
ACS:  * interference factor average: nan
...
ACS:  * channel 36: total interference = nan
..
ACS:  * channel 149: total interference = 5.93174e-21
..
ACS: Ideal channel is 36 (5180 MHz) with total interference factor of nan

Signed-off-by: Karthikeyan Periyasamy <periyasa@codeaurora.org>
2018-05-16 01:16:54 +03:00
Jeff Johnson
6965705bf5 Fix style issues in qca-vendor.h
Over time a number of style issues have crept into qca-vendor.h,
so fix most of them. There are some identifiers and comments which
exceed 80 columns, but these are left as-is for readability.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-05-16 01:16:54 +03:00
Kiran Kumar Lokere
7d66e7c408 Define new QCA feature flag for self managed regulatory support
This can be used to determine which mechanism to use for configuring
country code from trusted sources.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-05-16 01:16:54 +03:00
Kiran Kumar Lokere
38f60142d2 Define test config vendor attribute for Tx beamformee configuration
Add a new wifi test config QCA vendor attribute to configure Tx
beamformee in the driver. This is used for testbed configuration.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-05-16 01:16:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
46053a4c93 wext: Avoid gcc warnings on restricted pointer aliasing
The first two parameters to readlink() are marked restricted and at
least gcc 8.2 warns about used the same pointer for then, so avoid this
by using separate buffers for the pathname and response buffer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-05-16 01:16:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d267bdf9bd Silence new gcc warnings on switch statement fallthroughs
Reword the comments to make gcc 8.1 recognize these as designed cases
and not trigger implicit-fallthrough warnings.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-05-15 20:55:17 +03:00
Edayilliam Jayadev
98b806b03d Add QCA vendor attribute for spectral hardware generation
Add spectral hardware generation attribute to
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SPECTRAL_SCAN_GET_CAP_INFO vendor command.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-05-04 20:44:05 +03:00
Sean Parkinson
ab35793ec1 wolfSSL: Fix EAP-FAST key derivation
Implement tls_connection_get_eap_fast_key() using cryptographic
primitives as wolfSSL implements different spec.

Signed-off-by: Sean Parkinson <sean@wolfssl.com>
2018-05-02 13:32:51 +03:00
Sean Parkinson
71faf06cb6 wolfSSL: Do not free cert store after setting it
Signed-off-by: Sean Parkinson <sean@wolfssl.com>
2018-05-02 13:32:51 +03:00
Sean Parkinson
b7f5b0ec65 wolfSSL: Fix OCSP ifdefs
Signed-off-by: Sean Parkinson <sean@wolfssl.com>
2018-05-02 13:32:51 +03:00
Sean Parkinson
ca620a3642 wolfSSL: Fix altSubjectName handling
Signed-off-by: Sean Parkinson <sean@wolfssl.com>
2018-05-02 13:32:51 +03:00
Sean Parkinson
7be462084e wolfSSL: Use defines from wolfssl/options.h
Depend on proper wolfSSL configuration instead of trying to define these
build configuration values externally.

Signed-off-by: Sean Parkinson <sean@wolfssl.com>
2018-05-02 13:32:51 +03:00
Sean Parkinson
385dd7189a wolfSSL: Use wolfSSL memory allocation in dh5_init()
Signed-off-by: Sean Parkinson <sean@wolfssl.com>
2018-05-02 13:32:51 +03:00
Sean Parkinson
6590d84664 wolfSSL: Load certificates using 'chain' APIs
This allows the full chain to be loaded.

Signed-off-by: Sean Parkinson <sean@wolfssl.com>
2018-05-02 13:32:51 +03:00
Sean Parkinson
fc5e88e3ea wolfSSL: Changes for memory allocation failure testing
Signed-off-by: Sean Parkinson <sean@wolfssl.com>
2018-05-02 13:32:51 +03:00
Sean Parkinson
06657d3166 wolfSSL: Fix crypto_hash_init() memory clearing
Explicitly clear the allocated memory to avoid uninitialized data in
struct crypto_hash.

Signed-off-by: Sean Parkinson <sean@wolfssl.com>
2018-05-02 13:32:51 +03:00
Sean Parkinson
d396057109 wolfSSL: Fix crypto_ec_point_y_sqr()
Use the correct intermediate result from mp_sqrmod() in the following
mp_mulmod() call (t is not initialized here; it is used only after this
step).

Signed-off-by: Sean Parkinson <sean@wolfssl.com>
2018-05-02 13:32:51 +03:00
Sean Parkinson
e3501ac18f wolfSSL: Fix crypto_ec_point_solve_y_coord()
Provide full uncompressed DER data length to wc_ecc_import_point_der()
even though a compressed form is used here. In addition, use
ECC_POINT_COMP_* defined values to make this more readable.

Signed-off-by: Sean Parkinson <sean@wolfssl.com>
2018-05-02 13:32:51 +03:00
Sean Parkinson
187ad3a303 wolfSSL: Add crypto_ecdh_*()
Implement the wrapper functions for ECDH operations.

Signed-off-by: Sean Parkinson <sean@wolfssl.com>
2018-05-02 13:32:49 +03:00
Sean Parkinson
3d2f638d61 wolfSSL: Use new digest namespace
Signed-off-by: Sean Parkinson <sean@wolfssl.com>
2018-05-02 12:04:46 +03:00
Sean Parkinson
847665ebec wolfSSL: Fix conditional EAP-FAST compilation issue
Variable name was partially renamed during earlier cleanup.

Signed-off-by: Sean Parkinson <sean@wolfssl.com>
2018-05-02 00:37:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d501c27cfe EAP-TLS server: Disable TLS v1.3 by default
The current EAP peer implementation is not yet ready for the TLS v1.3
changes with EAP-TTLS, EAP-PEAP, and EAP-FAST, so disable TLS v1.3 for
this EAP method for now.

While the current EAP-TLS implementation is more or less complete for
TLS v1.3, there has been no interoperability testing with other
implementations, so disable for by default for now until there has been
chance to confirm that no significant interoperability issues show up
with TLS version update. tls_flags=[ENABLE-TLSv1.3] configuration
parameter can be used to enable TLS v1.3 (assuming the TLS library
supports it; e.g., when using OpenSSL 1.1.1).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-05-01 22:13:38 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e8a7af9a38 EAP-TLS peer: Disable TLS v1.3 by default
The current EAP peer implementation is not yet ready for the TLS v1.3
changes with EAP-TTLS, EAP-PEAP, and EAP-FAST, so disable TLS v1.3 for
this EAP method for now.

While the current EAP-TLS implementation is more or less complete for
TLS v1.3, there has been no interoperability testing with other
implementations, so disable for by default for now until there has been
chance to confirm that no significant interoperability issues show up
with TLS version update. phase1="tls_disable_tlsv1_3=0" configuration
parameter can be used to enable TLS v1.3 (assuming the TLS library
supports it; e.g., when using OpenSSL 1.1.1).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-05-01 22:13:38 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bbbc7e8016 EAP-TLS: Extend TLS version config to allow TLS v1.3 to be disabled
This may be needed to avoid interoperability issues with the new
protocol version and significant changes for EAP use cases in both key
derivation and handshake termination.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-05-01 22:13:38 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
53b34578f3 OpenSSL: Move server vs. client information into connection data
This makes this more easily available throughout the handshake
processing, if needed, compared to having to pass through the function
argument through the full path from
tls_connection{,_server}_handshake().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-05-01 21:45:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0de820b333 EAP-TLS peer: MSK/EMSK derivation with TLS v1.3
Use new MSK/EMSK derivation mechanism if TLS v1.3 or newer is used per
draft-mattsson-eap-tls13-02.txt.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-05-01 17:53:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1854981c78 EAP-TLS peer: Allow NewSessionTicket after Client Finished with TLS v1.3
The EAP session cannot be marked fully completed on sending Client
Finished with TLS v1.3 since the server may still send NewSessionTicket
before EAP-Success.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-05-01 17:51:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6dd98483eb EAP-TLS peer: Support fragmentation of last message
With TLS v1.3, the Finished message from the client can require
fragmentation. Postpone key derivation and marking of the EAP session
fully completed until all the fragments of that last message are sent to
avoid losing all the subsequent fragments.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-05-01 17:49:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a80423b521 EAP-TLS server: MSK/EMSK derivation with TLS v1.3
Use new MSK/EMSK derivation mechanism if TLS v1.3 or newer is used per
draft-mattsson-eap-tls13-02.txt.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-05-01 17:47:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bac1bdba3e EAP-TLS peer: Determine whether TLS v1.3 or newer is used
This is needed to be able to handle different key derivation and message
handshakes in EAP implementation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-05-01 17:45:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fe7b06c5e1 EAP-TLS server: Determine whether TLS v1.3 or newer is used
This is needed to be able to handle different key derivation and message
handshakes in EAP implementation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-05-01 17:44:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c26ac18958 Mark eap_server_tls_derive_key() label argument const
This value is going to be used only with a helper function that takes it
in as a const value, so use the same style here to simplify callers in
upcoming TLS v1.3 changes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-05-01 17:43:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
34c6949fb7 EAP-TLS server: Remove trailing whitespace
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-05-01 17:40:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4a576c4736 OpenSSL: Terminate TLS handshake if ClientHello cannot be generated
OpenSSL 1.1.1 added cases where ClientHello generation may fail due to
"no ciphers available". There is no point in sending out the resulting
TLS Alert message to the server since the server does not know what to
do with it before ClientHello. Instead, simply terminate the TLS
handshake locally and report EAP failure to avoid getting stuck waiting
for a timeout.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-05-01 13:23:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2439714f90 DPP: Fix testing code for invalid keys with OpenSSL 1.1.1
OpenSSL started reporting failures from
EC_POINT_set_affine_coordinates_GFp() similarly to BoringSSL, so use the
same workaround to enable this protocol testing case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-05-01 12:02:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
04ee197f87 HS 2.0: Maintain a database of pending T&C acceptance sessions
The new SQLite table pending_tc is used to maintain a list of sessions
that need to accept Terms and Conditions. This information can be used
on an external Terms and Conditions server to map the incoming MAC
address information into user identity.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-04-30 20:12:36 +03:00
Karthikeyan Periyasamy
6b21df0bb7 Add QCA vendor command/attr to filter frames from other BSSs
Add commands to allow an AP to configure filtering rules to capture
frames from stations that are active on the operating channel, but
not associated to this AP. Operations include add/delete the filter
and get the statistics information of the unassociated stations.

Signed-off-by: Karthikeyan Periyasamy <periyasa@codeaurora.org>
2018-04-26 17:56:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4526038092 HS 2.0: Terms and Conditions testing feature in authentication server
Allow hostapd RADIUS authentication server with SQLite EAP user DB to be
used for testing Terms and Conditions functionality. This could be used
for the HO AAA part of functionality (merging HO AAA and SP AAA into a
single component to avoid separate RADIUS proxy in testing setup).

A T&C server with HTTPS processing is needed to allow this to be used
for full over-the-air testing. This commit adds sufficient functionality
to allow hwsim test cases to cover the RADIUS server part.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-04-26 17:56:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f456940ef3 HS 2.0: CoA-Request processing for Terms and Conditions filtering
Extend RADIUS DAS to support CoA-Request packets for the case where the
HS 2.0 Terms And Conditions filtering VSA is used to remove filtering.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-04-25 12:57:46 +03:00
mazumdar
d239ab3962 DFS: Mark channels required DFS based on reg-domain info from the driver
Mark a channel as required DFS based on regulatory information received
from the driver/kernel rather than deciding based on hardcoded
boundaries on the frequency. Previously few channels were being marked
as requiring DFS even though they were non-DFS in a particular country.

If the driver does not provide channel list information, fall back to
the previously used frequency-based determination.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-04-24 00:35:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7fc6a024f9 HS 2.0: Process received Terms and Conditions Acceptance notification
Extend wpa_supplicant WNM-Notification RX handling to parse and process
received Terms and Conditions Acceptance notifications. If PMF is
enabled for the association, this frame results in control interface
indication (HS20-T-C-ACCEPTANCE <URL>) to get upper layers to guide the
user through the required acceptance steps.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-04-24 00:35:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8760b9848c HS 2.0: Send Terms and Conditions Acceptance notification
This extends hostapd Access-Accept processing to check if the RADIUS
server indicated that Terms and Conditions Acceptance is required. The
new hs20_t_c_server_url parameter is used to specify the server URL
template that the STA is requested to visit.

This commit does not enable any kind of filtering, i.e., only the part
of forwarding a request from Access-Accept to the STA using
WNM-Notification is covered.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-04-24 00:35:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6cb8f4f382 HS 2.0: Terms and Conditions attributes in Access-Request messages
This extends hostapd with two new configuration parameters
(hs20_t_c_filename and hs20_t_c_timestamp) that can be used to specify
that the Terms and Conditions attributes are to be added into all
Access-Request messages for Hotspot 2.0 STAs.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-04-24 00:35:47 +03:00
Bhagavathi Perumal S
1952b626ba hostapd: Add ctrl iface indications for WDS STA interface
This allows user to get event indication when a new interface is
added/removed for 4addr WDS STA and also WDS STA ifname is informed
through the STA command.

Signed-off-by: Bhagavathi Perumal S <bperumal@codeaurora.org>
2018-04-24 00:35:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2598e69303 FILS: Enable SHA256 KDF even without PMF/SAE in the build
While it is unlikely that FILS would be used without PMF or SAE in the
build, it is possible to generate such a build and as such, it would be
good for the KDF selection to work properly. Add CONFIG_FILS as an
independent condition for the SHA256-based KDF. Previously, this
combination would have resulted in failure to derive keys and terminated
key management exchange.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-04-24 00:35:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1baa130bd0 nl80211: Print NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE errors in debug log
This makes it easier to understand what happened with PS configuration.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-04-24 00:35:47 +03:00
Tova Mussai
c4315e6620 AP: Handle AP initalization failure in async flow
When AP initialization is completed in a callback (e.g., OBSS scan),
wpa_supplicant_deinit_ap() is not called in case of failure. Fix this by
calling setup_complete_cb in case of failure, too, which in turn calls
wpa_supplicant_deinit_ap() if needed.

Signed-off-by: Tova Mussai <tova.mussai@intel.com>
2018-04-20 00:48:49 +03:00
Ahmad Masri
86c998d37a FT: Add FT auth algorithm to connect params when roaming
Add WPA FT auth to connect params in case of a re-connection to ESS
supporting FT when FT was used in the first connect.

Signed-off-by: Ahmad Masri <amasri@codeaurora.org>
2018-04-20 00:35:41 +03:00
Ahmad Masri
3dc3afe298 FT: Add MDE to assoc request IEs in connect params
Add MDE (mobility domain element) to Association Request frame IEs in
the driver assoc params. wpa_supplicant will add MDE only if the network
profile allows FT, the selected AP supports FT, and the mobility domain
ID matches.

Signed-off-by: Ahmad Masri <amasri@codeaurora.org>
2018-04-20 00:32:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
67cca34645 HS 2.0: Copy Roaming Consortium OI from (Re)AssocReq to Access-Request
This extends hostapd processing of (Re)Association Request frames to
store a local copy of the Consortium OI within the Roaming Consortium
Selection element, if present, and then add that in HS 2.0 Roaming
Consortium attribute into RADIUS Access-Request messages.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-04-17 16:40:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0e450db285 HS 2.0: Allow configuration of operator icons
This extends hostapd Hotspot 2.0 implementation to allow operator icons
to be made available. The existing hs20_icon parameter is used to define
the icons and the new operator_icon parameter (zero or more entries) is
used to specify which of the available icons are operator icons. The
operator icons are advertised in the Operator Icon Metadata ANQP-element
while the icon data can be fetched using the same mechanism (icon
request/binary file) that was added for the OSU Providers icons.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-04-17 16:40:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6a8a04d742 HS 2.0: Add fetching of Operator Icon Metadata ANQP-element
This extends wpa_supplicant Hotspot 2.0 ANQP routines to allow the
Operator Icon Metadata ANQP-element to be fetched with "ANQP_GET <bssid>
hs20:12". The result is available in the new hs20_operator_icon_metadata
entry in the "BSS <bssid>" output.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-04-17 16:40:42 +03:00
Ben Greear
f875da0448 nl80211: Add MLME auth work-around for -EEXIST errno
The Linux 4.9 kernel, at least, can return EEXIST when trying to auth a
station that already exists.

We have seen this bug in multiple places, but it is difficult to
reproduce. Here is a link to someone else that appears to have hit this
issue: https://github.com/greearb/ath10k-ct/issues/18

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2018-04-15 21:58:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5ecdf06c8c DPP: Fix build with LibreSSL v2.5
The ECDSA_SIG_{set,get}0() wrappers are needed with LibreSSL v2.5 (but
not v2.7.2).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-04-15 00:01:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4b603f01de DPP: Fix X509_ALGOR_get0() use with LibreSSL
At least LibreSSL v2.7.2 indicates support for OpenSSL API 1.1.0, but it
does not apparently use const ASN1_OBJECT * with X509_ALGOR_get0(). Use
the older non-const version here with LibreSSL to fix compilation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-04-15 00:01:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
dee566d98e OpenSSL: Skip SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1_3 if not defined to fix LibreSSL build
LibreSSL v2.7 claims an OPENSSL_VERSION_NUMBER value that would indicate
that SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1_3 is available, but that does not seem to be the
case with LibreSSL. As such, skip this step based on whether
SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1_3 is defined to avoid build issues.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-04-15 00:01:35 +03:00
Bernard Spil
ba3658cfff Fix build with LibreSSL 2.7
LibreSSL 2.7 adds (most of) the OpenSSL 1.1 API.

Signed-off-by: Bernard Spil <brnrd@FreeBSD.org>
2018-04-15 00:01:33 +03:00
Daniel Golle
d6d7debb5d Fix wpa_supplicant build with CONFIG_NO_WPA
pmksa_cache stubs have not been updated when function prototypes have
been modified in commit 852b2f2738 (SAE: Only allow SAE AKMP for PMKSA
caching attempts). Add new function parameter int akmp to stubs of
pmksa_cache_get() and pmksa_cache_set_current() as well to fix build.

Fixes: 852b2f2738 ("SAE: Only allow SAE AKMP for PMKSA caching attempts")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
2018-04-13 11:43:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
852b2f2738 SAE: Only allow SAE AKMP for PMKSA caching attempts
Explicitly check the PMKSA cache entry to have matching SAE AKMP for the
case where determining whether to use PMKSA caching instead of new SAE
authentication. Previously, only the network context was checked, but a
single network configuration profile could be used with both WPA2-PSK
and SAE, so should check the AKMP as well.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-04-09 19:34:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8e402d1657 WPA: Fix a typo in a debug message
"PT derivation" was supposed to be saying "PTK derivation".

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-04-08 19:44:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1bd131105b Clear pmk_len more consistently for extra protection
This gives more protection against unexpected behavior if RSN supplicant
code ends up trying to use sm->pmk[] with a stale value. Couple of the
code paths did not clear sm->pmk_len explicitly in cases where the old
PMK is being removed, so cover those cases as well to make sure these
will result in PMK-to-PTK derivation failures rather than use of
incorrect PMK value if such a code path could be reached somehow.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-04-08 19:44:05 +03:00
Kiran Kumar Lokere
26e0ada47f Define new test config attribute for HE LTF configuration
Add a new wifi test config attribute to configure HE LTF in the
driver. This is used for testbed configuration.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-04-06 23:41:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4d6eb9f2e2 Fix hostapd wmm_enabled setup on config reload path
If there is no explicit wmm_enabled parameter in the configuration
(i.e., conf->wmm_enabled == -1), the configuration reload path needs to
initialize conf->wmm_enabled based on iconf->ieee80211n in
hostapd_reload_bss() similarly to what is done in the initial startup
case in hostapd_setup_bss().

This fixes issues with RSN capabilities being set incorrectly when WMM
is supposed to get enabled and unexpectedly enabling WMM when it is not
supposed to be enabled (HT disabled). Either of these issues could show
up when asking hostapd to reload the configuration file (and when that
file does not set wmm_enabled explicitly).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-04-06 23:29:11 +03:00
Michael Braun
a6509e850e FT: Add session_timeout to push/resp
This ensures a session timeout configured on R0KH either using
RADIUS-based ACL or 802.1X authentication is copied over to the new
R1KH.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2018-04-06 19:57:53 +03:00
Michael Braun
3cb286ca49 FT: Add set/get session_timeout callback functions
These are needed to allow wpa_auth_ft.c to control session_timeout
values for STAs.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2018-04-06 19:48:15 +03:00
Michael Braun
13f118dc59 Convert STA session_timeout to os_reltime
This is needed to allow the remaining session time to be computed for FT
(when sending PMK-R1 to another AP).

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2018-04-06 19:48:11 +03:00
Michael Braun
069b4e3048 FT: Include identity and radius_cui in pull/resp frames
This allows APs using FT to get the EAP session information from R0KH to
R1KHs.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2018-04-06 19:09:16 +03:00
Michael Braun
9fbe292ff3 FT: Move wpa_ft_rrb_build_r0() special case to caller
Handle the special case of no PMK-R0 entry in the caller instead of
having to have wpa_ft_rrb_build_r0() aware of the possibility of pmk_r0
being NULL.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2018-04-06 19:09:16 +03:00
Michael Braun
8c345234fd FT: Add set/get identity/radius_cui callback functions
These are needed to allow wpa_auth_ft.c to control identity/radius_cui
values for STAs.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2018-04-06 19:01:16 +03:00
Michael Braun
17a8a9893f Fix potential memory leak with identity/radius_cui
ieee802_11_set_radius_info() might be called with a STA entry that has
already stored identity and/or radius_cui information, so make sure the
old values get freed before being replaced by the new ones.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2018-04-06 19:01:16 +03:00
Michael Braun
17010c38d0 FT: Add IEEE VLAN support (including tagged VLANs)
This uses set_vlan()/get_vlan() callbacks to fetch and configure the
VLAN of STA. Transmission of VLAN information between APs uses new TLVs.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2018-04-06 19:01:13 +03:00
Michael Braun
47a039b01b FT: Add set_vlan()/get_vlan() callback functions
These are needed to allow wpa_auth_ft.c to control VLAN assignment for
STAs.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2018-04-05 22:39:21 +03:00
Michael Braun
3a3e28320b FT: Add expiration to PMK-R0 and PMK-R1 cache
IEEE Std 802.11-2016, 12.7.1.7.1 indicates that the lifetime of the
PMK-R0 (and PMK-R1) is bound to the lifetime of PSK or MSK from which
the key was derived. This is currently stored in r0_key_lifetime, but
cache entries are not actually removed.

This commit uses the r0_key_lifetime configuration parameter when
wpa_auth_derive_ptk_ft() is called. This may need to be extended to use
the MSK lifetime, if provided by an external authentication server, with
some future changes. For PSK, there is no such lifetime, but it also
matters less as FT-PSK can be achieved without inter-AP communication.

The expiration timeout is then passed from R0KH to R1KH. The R1KH verifies
that the given timeout for sanity, it may not exceed the locally configured
r1_max_key_lifetime.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2018-04-05 13:58:20 +03:00
Michael Braun
09211c9894 FT: Use dl_list for PMK-R0/R1 cache
This makes it easier to remove expired entries from the list.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2018-04-05 13:56:04 +03:00
Michael Braun
89dea17e13 FT: Add helper function for FILS key storing
FILS calls wpa_ft_store_pmk_r0() from wpa_auth.c. This is moved into a
new function wpa_ft_store_pmk_fils() in preparation of additional
information being needed.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2018-04-05 13:47:43 +03:00
Michael Braun
83fe4bd3bf FT: Convert r0_key_lifetime to seconds
Add a new configuration option ft_r0_key_lifetime that deprecates
r0_key_lifetime. Though, the old configuration is still accepted for
backwards compatibility.

This simplifies testing. All other items are in seconds as well. In
addition, this makes dot11FTR0KeyLifetime comment match with what got
standardized in the end in IEEE Std 802.11r-2008.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2018-04-05 13:47:23 +03:00
Ben Greear
c6b5b9a33b hostapd: Add more authentication error case debugging
This can help one understand better why stations are failing
to authenticate.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2018-04-02 16:53:10 +03:00
Ben Greear
e2fc13d0ab hostapd: Add logging around Michael MIC related failures
This can help one understand better why stations are failing
to authentication/associate.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2018-04-02 16:51:29 +03:00
Ben Greear
e7525a2954 hostapd: Add send_auth_reply() caller info in debug logging
This can help one understand better what happens during the
authentication exchange.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2018-04-02 16:47:26 +03:00
Davide Caratti
d89edb6112 wpa_supplicant: Don't reply to EAPOL if pkt_type is PACKET_OTHERHOST
When wpa_supplicant is running on a Linux interface that is configured in
promiscuous mode, and it is not a member of a bridge, incoming EAPOL
packets are processed regardless of the Destination Address in the frame.
As a consequence, there are situations where wpa_supplicant replies to
EAPOL packets that are not destined for it.

This behavior seems undesired (see IEEE Std 802.1X-2010, 11.4.a), and can
be avoided by attaching a BPF filter that lets the kernel discard packets
having pkt_type equal to PACKET_OTHERHOST.

Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <davide.caratti@gmail.com>
2018-04-02 12:21:27 +03:00
Mathy Vanhoef
9f917339cc tests: Fix clearing of IGTK PN in handshake retransmit test functions
When locating the position of the IGTK PN in the key data, we also need
to skip the KDE header, in addition to the keyid field. This fixes
hostapd RESEND_M3 and RESEND_GROUP_M1 behavior when PMF is negotiated
for the association. Previously, the IGTK KDE ended up getting
practically hidden since zeroing of the PN ended up clearing the KDE OUI
and Type fields.

Signed-off-by: Mathy Vanhoef <Mathy.Vanhoef@cs.kuleuven.be>
2018-04-01 21:47:16 +03:00
Ahmed ElArabawy
45f7574d31 Propagate the EAP method error code
In the current implementation, upon an EAP method failure, followed by
an EAP failure, the EAP Status is propagated up in wpa_supplicant with a
general failure parameter string "failure". This parameter is used for a
notification on the dbus.

This commit reports the EAP method failure error code in a separate
callback.

The solution in this commit is generic to all EAP methods, and can be
used by any method that need to pass its error code. However, this
commit only implements the reporting for EAP-SIM and EAP-AKA methods
where the Notification Code (in AT_NOTIFICATION) is used as the method
specific error code value.

Signed-off-by: Ahmed ElArabawy <arabawy@google.com>
2018-03-31 11:57:33 +03:00
Beniamino Galvani
77a020a118 wpa_supplicant: Fix auth failure when the MAC is updated externally
When connecting to a WPA-EAP network and the MAC address is changed
just before the association (for example by NetworkManager, which sets
a random MAC during scans), the authentication sometimes fails in the
following way ('####' logs added by me):

wpa_supplicant logs:
 wlan0: WPA: RX message 1 of 4-Way Handshake from 02:00:00:00:01:00 (ver=1)
 RSN: msg 1/4 key data - hexdump(len=22): dd 14 00 0f ac 04 d8 21 9d a5 73 98 88 26 ef 03 d2 ce f7 04 7d 23
 WPA: PMKID in EAPOL-Key - hexdump(len=22): dd 14 00 0f ac 04 d8 21 9d a5 73 98 88 26 ef 03 d2 ce f7 04 7d 23
 RSN: PMKID from Authenticator - hexdump(len=16): d8 21 9d a5 73 98 88 26 ef 03 d2 ce f7 04 7d 23
 wlan0: RSN: no matching PMKID found
 EAPOL: Successfully fetched key (len=32)
 WPA: PMK from EAPOL state machines - hexdump(len=32): [REMOVED]
 #### WPA: rsn_pmkid():
 #### WPA: aa              - hexdump(len=6): 02 00 00 00 01 00
 #### WPA: spa             - hexdump(len=6): 66 20 cf ab 8c dc
 #### WPA: PMK             - hexdump(len=32): b5 24 76 4f 6f 50 8c f6 a1 2e 24 b8 07 4e 9a 13 1b 94 c4 a8 1f 7e 22 d6 ed fc 7d 43 c7 77 b6 f7
 #### WPA: computed PMKID  - hexdump(len=16): ea 73 67 b1 8e 5f 18 43 58 24 e8 1c 47 23 87 71
 RSN: Replace PMKSA entry for the current AP and any PMKSA cache entry that was based on the old PMK
 nl80211: Delete PMKID for 02:00:00:00:01:00
 wlan0: RSN: PMKSA cache entry free_cb: 02:00:00:00:01:00 reason=1
 RSN: Added PMKSA cache entry for 02:00:00:00:01:00 network_ctx=0x5630bf85a270
 nl80211: Add PMKID for 02:00:00:00:01:00
 wlan0: RSN: PMKID mismatch - authentication server may have derived different MSK?!

hostapd logs:
 WPA: PMK from EAPOL state machine (MSK len=64 PMK len=32)
 WPA: 02:00:00:00:00:00 WPA_PTK entering state PTKSTART
 wlan1: STA 02:00:00:00:00:00 WPA: sending 1/4 msg of 4-Way Handshake
 #### WPA: rsn_pmkid():
 #### WPA: aa              - hexdump(len=6): 02 00 00 00 01 00
 #### WPA: spa             - hexdump(len=6): 02 00 00 00 00 00
 #### WPA: PMK             - hexdump(len=32): b5 24 76 4f 6f 50 8c f6 a1 2e 24 b8 07 4e 9a 13 1b 94 c4 a8 1f 7e 22 d6 ed fc 7d 43 c7 77 b6 f7
 #### WPA: computed PMKID  - hexdump(len=16): d8 21 9d a5 73 98 88 26 ef 03 d2 ce f7 04 7d 23
 WPA: Send EAPOL(version=1 secure=0 mic=0 ack=1 install=0 pairwise=1 kde_len=22 keyidx=0 encr=0)

That's because wpa_supplicant computed the PMKID using the wrong (old)
MAC address used during the scan. wpa_supplicant updates own_addr when
the interface goes up, as the MAC can only change while the interface
is down. However, drivers don't report all interface state changes:
for example the nl80211 driver may ignore a down-up cycle if the down
message is processed later, when the interface is already up. In such
cases, wpa_supplicant (and in particular, the EAP state machine) would
continue to use the old MAC.

Add a new driver event that notifies of MAC address changes while the
interface is active.

Signed-off-by: Beniamino Galvani <bgalvani@redhat.com>
2018-03-30 12:16:42 +03:00
Alejandro Pérez Méndez
2ff9696d3b Add definitions for RADIUS attributes standardised in RFC 7055
hostap code is used by the Moonshot software (an implementation of the
GSS EAP mechanism - RFC 7055), and those definitions are required but
missing.

Signed-off-by: Alejandro Perez <alex.perez-mendez@jisc.ac.uk>
2018-03-30 11:04:29 +03:00
Dmitry Lebed
c17915462a nl80211: Add DFS offload support using upstream nl80211 definitions
Add generic DFS offload support using the nl80211 feature that was
recently added to the mac80211-next tree. This uses the already
available DFS offload infrastructure that was previously used with
vendor specific definitions and just sets necessary flags (DFS_OFFLOAD
ext_feature) and forawrds CAC_STARTED event for processing.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Lebed <lebed.dmitry@gmail.com>
2018-03-30 10:56:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1841086adf Sync with mac80211-next.git include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
This brings in nl80211 definitions as of 2018-03-26.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-03-30 10:54:57 +03:00
Kabilan Kannan
7cfe2f0011 Add SAR V2 power selection capability (QCA vendor attributes)
Add changes to select SAR V2 power limits using the existing QCA vendor
command.

Signed-off-by: Kabilan Kannan <kabilank@codeaurora.org>
2018-03-30 10:49:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7e1d3ee963 Add hostapd.conf venue_url to set Venue URL ANQP-element
The new venue_url parameter can now be used to set the Venue URL ANQP
information instead of having to construct the data and use
anqp_elem=277:<hexdump> to set the raw value.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-03-26 16:10:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d555c39c41 FILS: Fix CONFIG_FILS=y build without CONFIG_IEEE80211R=y
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-03-26 12:33:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2f37387812 FILS: Add more complete support for FT-FILS use cases
This extends the original IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016 functionality with the
changes added in REVmd to describe how additional keys are derived to
protect the FT protocol using keys derived through FILS authentication.

This allows key_mgmt=FT-FILS-SHA256 to be used with FT protocol since
the FTE MIC can now be calculated following the changes in REVmd. The
FT-FILS-SHA384 case is still unsupported (it needs support for variable
length MIC field in FTE).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-03-26 12:31:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4ddca8142e FT: Derive PMK-R1 locally if requested PMKR0Name is found
Derive PMK-R1 locally if the derived PMKR1Name is not found from the
local cache, but the request is for a key that was originally generated
locally (R0KH-ID matches) and the PMKR0Name is found in the local cache.
This was apparently not hit in the previously used FT sequences, but
this is useful to have available if a PMK-R1 entry is dropped from the
local cache before PMK-R0.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-03-24 18:53:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1dc0945cc9 FT: Do not send PMK-R1 pull request to own R0KH address
If the requested key is not available locally, there is no point in
trying to send a pull request back to self for the key.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-03-24 18:53:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1778f1e9a4 SAE: Fix PTK derivation to use KDF-SHA256
The previous implementation ended up defaulting to using PRF-SHA1 for
deriving PTK from PMK when SAE was used. This is not correct since the
SAE AKM is defined to be using SHA-256 -based KDF instead. Fix that.

Note: This change is not backwards compatible. Both the AP and station
side implementations will need to be updated at the same time to
maintain functionality.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-03-23 18:44:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9d94e4bb6b SAE: Fix PMKID in EAPOL-Key msg 1/4
Previously, the association that used SAE authentication ended up
recalculating the PMKID for EAPOL-Key msg 1/4 using incorrect
PMK-to-PMKID derivation instead of using the previously derived PMKID
from SAE. The correct PMKID was used only when going through PMKSA
caching exchange with a previously derived PMKSA from SAE.

Fix this by storing the SAE PMKID into the state machine entry for the
initial SAE authentication case when there is no explicit PMKSA entry
attached to the station.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-03-23 18:44:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a03f9d17ea SAE: Fix FT-SAE key derivation for a case where PMKID in msg 1/4 matches
Previously, matching PMKSA cache entry ended up clearing XXKey. However,
that XXKey is needed in the specific case where FT-SAE goes through the
initial mobility domain association with SAE authentication. FT-SAE
worked previously since the hostapd side generation of the particular
PMKID value in msg 1/4 was broken, but once that PMKID is fixed,
wpa_supplicant will need this fix to allow FT-SAE to be used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-03-23 18:44:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
10949e2480 Do not disable 40 MHz based on co-ex report with matching primary channel
When processing 20/40 BSS Coexistence Management frames that do not
explicitly require 40 MHz to be disabled, check whether the reported
channels in 20/40 BSS Intolerant Channel Report element match the
current primary channel. If so, allow 40 MHz operation to continue. This
makes the during-operation updates for 20/40 Operation Permitted more
consistent with the scans during initial BSS startup.

The received 20/40 BSS Intolerant Channel Report channels are to be used
in the OT set in the during-operation determination and the P == OT_i
exception was ignored in the previous implementation which could result
in the AP first starting with 40 MHz and then dropping to 20 MHz on
first received 20/40 BSS Coexistence Management frame even though there
was no change in the neighboring BSSs.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-03-21 16:58:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8cbd9c3ed4 Support multiple 20/40 BSS Intolerant Channel Report elements
This extends 20/40 BSS Coexistence Management frame processing to
iterate over all the included 20/40 BSS Intolerant Channel Report
elements instead of using only the first one.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-03-21 16:53:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8127a0ac02 Ignore intra-BSS 20/40 BSS Coexistence Management from not-associated STA
The 20 MHz BSS Width Request field is set to 1 only for intra-BSS
reports. As such, ignore the frame if such a claim is made by a
transmitter that is not currently associated with the AP.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-03-21 16:35:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8aa599d45a Add more debug prints for 20/40 BSS Coexistence Management frame Rx
This makes it easier to understand what kind of information a STA is
reporting about 20/40 MHz coexistence requirements.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-03-21 16:32:35 +02:00
Rajkumar Manoharan
d58c3bd8b7 hostapd: Ignore LOW_ACK event for co-operative steering clients
Ignore hostapd_event_sta_low_ack for a station which has agreed to
steering by checking the agreed_to_steer flag. This flag will be set
whenever a station accepts the BSS transition request from the AP.
Without this ignoring of the LOW_ACK event, the steering in-progress
might be affected due to disassociation. In this way AP will allow some
time (two seconds) for the station to move away and reset the flag after
the timeout.

Co-Developed-by: Tamizh Chelvam <tamizhr@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Tamizh chelvam <tamizhr@codeaurora.org>
2018-03-19 20:16:32 +02:00
Tamizh chelvam
ec2b5173ce Make STA opmode change event available to upper layers
Add an event callback for EVENT_STATION_OPMODE_CHANGED to allow
user/application to get the notification whenever there is a change in a
station's HT/VHT op mode.

The new events:
STA-OPMODE-MAX-BW-CHANGED <addr> <20(no-HT)|20|40|80|80+80|160>
STA-OPMODE-SMPS-MODE-CHANGED <addr> <automatic|off|dynamic|static>
STA-OPMODE-N_SS-CHANGED <addr> <N_SS>

Signed-off-by: Tamizh chelvam <tamizhr@codeaurora.org>
2018-03-19 20:07:22 +02:00
Tamizh chelvam
e8ada1600f nl80211: Add support for STA opmode change events
The nl80211 driver can report STA_OPMODE notification event as soon as
it receives an HT/VHT Action frame about modification of station's SMPS
mode/bandwidth/RX NSS. Add support to parse such events.

Signed-off-by: Tamizh chelvam <tamizhr@codeaurora.org>
2018-03-19 19:57:25 +02:00
Bhagavathi Perumal S
72123a84cb hostapd: Add last_ack_rssi into ctrl iface cmd STA
This allows external application to get last ACK signal strength of the
last transmitted frame if the driver makes this information
(NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL) available.

Signed-off-by: Bhagavathi Perumal S <bperumal@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswara Naralasetty <vnaralas@codeaurora.org>
2018-03-19 19:23:26 +02:00
Ashok Ponnaiah
f5701cc66e OWE: Clean up pointer check in a testing code path
Check wpa_auth_write_assoc_resp_owe() return value to keep static
analyzers happier. The code path where this could happen is not really
reachable due to the separate hapd->conf->own_ie_override check and
wpa_auth_write_assoc_resp_owe() returning NULL only in an error case in
the override path. Furthermore, clean up the pointer return value to use
a proper pointer (NULL vs. 0).

Signed-off-by: Ashok Ponnaiah <aponnaia@codeaurora.org>
2018-03-19 19:08:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ebe61e564c Sync with mac80211-next.git include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
This brings in nl80211 definitions as of 2018-02-13.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-03-19 19:08:15 +02:00
Purushottam Kushwaha
8179ae3a2a DPP: Support retrieving of configurator's private key
To retain configurator information across hostapd/wpa_supplicant
restart, private key need to be maintained to generate a valid pair of
authentication keys (connector, netaccess_key, csign) for new enrollees
in the network.

Add a DPP_CONFIGURATOR_GET_KEY control interface API through which the
private key of an existing configurator can be fetched.

Command format:
DPP_CONFIGURATOR_GET_KEY <configurator_id>

The output from this command can then be used with
"DPP_CONFIGURATOR_ADD key=<hexdump>" to create the same key again.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-03-16 20:55:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4bc801ab42 SAE: Fix EAPOL-Key integrity and key-wrap algorithm selection
The SAE AKM 00-0F-AC:8 is supposed to use EAPOL-Key Key Descriptor
Version 0 (AKM-defined) with AES-128-CMAC and NIST AES Key Wrap.
However, the previous implementation ended up using Key Descriptor
Version 2 (HMAC-SHA-1-128 and NIST AES Key Wrap). Fix this by using the
appropriate Key Descriptor Version and integrity algorithm. Use helper
functions to keep the selection clearer and more consistent between
wpa_supplicant and hostapd uses.

Note: This change is not backwards compatible. Both the AP and station
side implementations will need to be updated at the same time to
maintain functionality.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-03-16 13:36:42 +02:00
Srinivas Dasari
d74963d411 DPP: Extend dpp_test 89 functionality to transmit side
This extends dpp_test functionality to allow DPP exchanges to be stopped
after authentication is completed on the Initiator, i.e., after sending
out the Authentication Confirm message. Previously, dpp_test=89 was used
only on the Responder side to stop after receiving the Authentication
Confirm message. The main use case for this extended functionality is to
be able to stop the protocol exchange on a device that acts as
authentication Initiator and Enrollee.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-03-13 01:03:37 +02:00
Purushottam Kushwaha
f8bfc9cbde Use correct WPA_ALG_* values to compare for enum wpa_alg
enum wpa_alg was being compared with WPA_CIPHER_* values. That does not
work here and strict compilers will report this as an error. Fix the
comparision to use proper WPA_ALG_* values. This fixes testing
capability for resetting IPN for BIP.

Fixes: 16579769ff ("Add testing functionality for resetting PN/IPN for configured keys")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-03-13 00:32:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cce16e43f8 mka: Mark ieee802_1x_kay_create_mka() ckn and cak arguments const
These structures are not modified or freed (i.e., only data from them is
copied), so mark the arguments const to document this a bit more clearly
now that there was a memory leak in one of the callers to this function.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-03-11 17:04:34 +02:00
Mike Siedzik
3a52f6b387 mka: Do not print contents of SAK to debug log
Log newly generated SAKs as well as unwrapped SAKs with wpa_hexdump_key()
rather than wpa_hexdump(). By default, the wpa_hexdump_key() function
will not display sensitive key data.

Signed-off-by: Michael Siedzik <msiedzik@extremenetworks.com>
2018-03-11 16:52:56 +02:00
Mike Siedzik
77977b3d5d mka: Detect duplicate MAC addresses during key server election
In the unlikely event the local KaY and the elected peer have the same
actor priority as well as the same MAC address, log a warning message
and do not elect a key server. Resolution is for network administrator
to reconfigure MAC address.

Signed-off-by: Michael Siedzik <msiedzik@extremenetworks.com>
2018-03-11 16:49:00 +02:00
Mike Siedzik
5762855abd mka: Loss of live peers to result in connect PENDING not AUTHENTICATED
When the number of live peers becomes 0 the KaY was setting
kay->authenticated true and telling the CP to connect AUTHENTICATED.
Per IEEE Std 802.1X-2010 Clause 12.2, MKA.authenticated means "the Key
Server has proved mutual authentication but has determined that
Controlled Port communication should proceed without the use of MACsec",
which means port traffic will be passed in the clear.

When the number of live peers becomes 0 the KaY must instead set
kay->authenticated false and tell the CP to connect PENDING. Per Clause
12.3 connect PENDING will "prevent connectivity by clearing the
controlledPortEnabled parameter."

Signed-off-by: Michael Siedzik <msiedzik@extremenetworks.com>
2018-03-11 16:43:12 +02:00
Mike Siedzik
8fb546d8e6 mka: Ignore MACsec SAK Use Old Key parameter if we don't have our old key
Upon receipt of the "MACsec MKPDU SAK Use parameter set" the KaY verifies
that both the latest key and the old key are valid. If the local system
reboots or is reinitialized, the KaY won't have a copy of its old key.
Therefore if the KaY does not have a copy of its old key it should not
reject MKPDUs that contain old key data in the MACsec SAK Use parameter.

Signed-off-by: Michael Siedzik <msiedzik@extremenetworks.com>
2018-03-11 16:30:29 +02:00
Mike Siedzik
b54b53e644 mka: When matching CKNs ensure that lengths are identical
KaY looks up participants using CAK Name (CKN). Per IEEE Std 802.1X-2010
Clause 9.3.1 CAK identification, the CKN is an integral number of
octets, between 1 and 32 (inclusive). This fix will ensure that the KaY
does not inadvertently match CKNs such as 'myCakNamedFoo' and
'myCakNamedFooBar'.

Signed-off-by: Michael Siedzik <msiedzik@extremenetworks.com>
2018-03-11 13:33:39 +02:00
Sean Parkinson
fec03f9838 Add support for wolfSSL cryptographic library
Allow hostapd/wpa_supplicant to be compiled with the wolfSSL
cryptography and TLS library.

Signed-off-by: Sean Parkinson <sean@wolfssl.com>
2018-03-03 11:52:40 +02:00
Tamizh chelvam
92eb00aec2 Extend ACL check for Probe Request frames
Extend ACL check to deny Probe Request frames for the client which does
not pass ACL check. Skip this check for the case where RADIUS ACL is
used to avoid excessive load on the RADIUS authentication server due to
Probe Request frames. This patch add wpa_msg event for auth and assoc
rejection due to acl reject.

Signed-off-by: Tamizh chelvam <tamizhr@codeaurora.org>
2018-03-03 00:42:16 +02:00
Kiran Kumar Lokere
01542e6517 Add new WiFi test config attributes to configure BA params
Define a new WiFi test configuration attributes in QCA vendor
command to configure BA session parameters and to add or
delete a BA session and to configure no ack policy.
This is used for configuring the testbed device.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-03-03 00:12:39 +02:00
Kiran Kumar Lokere
ba60804419 Add new WiFi test config attribute to allow WEP/TKIP in HE
Define a new WiFi test configuration attribute in QCA vendor
command to allow or not to allow WEP/TKIP in HT/VHT/HE mode.
This is used for configuring the testbed device.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-03-03 00:09:19 +02:00
Jeffin Mammen
c05f96a386 FILS: Check kde more consistently to avoid static analyzer warnings
For FILS, __wpa_send_eapol() is called only with the kde != NULL, but a
static analyzer might not understand that. Add an explicit check kde !=
NULL similarly to the other cases going through the kde parameter to
silence such bogus warnings.

Signed-off-by: Jeffin Mammen <jmammen@codeaurora.org>
2018-03-02 21:27:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
087474512f SAE: Debug print group support in the crypto library
This makes it easier to understand why "SAE: Failed to select group"
debug entry shows up in cases the selected crypto library does not
support a specific group.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-03-02 21:27:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f5e0a3324b SAE: Fix potential infinite loop in mismatching PMK case on AP
Commit e61fea6b46 ('SAE: Fix PMKSA caching
behavior in AP mode') modified the PSK fetching loop to not override PMK
in case of SAE with PMKSA caching. However, that commit missed the error
path cases where there is need to break from the loop with exact
negative of the check in the beginning of the loop. This could result in
hitting an infinite loop in hostapd if a station derived a different PMK
value from otherwise successfully completed SAE authentication or if a
STA used a different PMK with a PMKSA caching attempt after a previously
completed successful authentication.

Fix this by adding the matching break condition on SAE AKM within the
loops.

Fixes: e61fea6b46 ("SAE: Fix PMKSA caching behavior in AP mode")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-03-02 21:27:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c54cc8bb1d BoringSSL: Set appropriate sigalgs for Suite B RSA 3K cases
This commit takes care of the sigalg configuration using the relatively
recent SSL_CTX_set_verify_algorithm_prefs() addition from April 2017 to
address the functionality that was already there with OpenSSL using
SSL_set1_sigalgs_list().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-02-19 17:38:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
aa6de8e6b6 BoringSSL: Map OpenSSL SUITEB192 cipher into appropriate sigalgs
BoringSSL removed the special OpenSSL cipher suite value "SUITEB192", so
need to map that to the explicit ciphersuite
(ECDHE-ECDSA-AES256-GCM-SHA384), curve (P-384), and sigalg
(SSL_SIGN_ECDSA_SECP384R1_SHA384) to allow 192-bit level Suite B with
ECDSA to be used.

This commit takes care of the sigalg configuration using the relatively
recent SSL_CTX_set_verify_algorithm_prefs() addition from April 2017.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-02-19 16:27:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7a47f34b1a BoringSSL: Map OpenSSL SUITEB192 cipher into appropriate parameters
BoringSSL removed the special OpenSSL cipher suite value "SUITEB192", so
need to map that to the explicit ciphersuite
(ECDHE-ECDSA-AES256-GCM-SHA384), curve (P-384), and sigalg
(SSL_SIGN_ECDSA_SECP384R1_SHA384) to allow 192-bit level Suite B with
ECDSA to be used.

This commit takes care of the ciphersuite and curve configuration.
sigalg change is in a separate commit since it requires a newer
BoringSSL API function that may not be available in all builds.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-02-19 16:26:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3552502344 OpenSSL: Replace SSL_set1_curves_list() with SSL_set1_curves()
In practice, this does the same thing (i.e., allows only the P-384 curve
to be used), but using an older API function that happens to be
available in some BoringSSL builds while the newer one is not.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-02-19 16:02:31 +02:00
Ben Greear
4ab0f11b80 Allow HT40 on 5 GHz channels 165 and 169
India supports 5 GHz channels 169 and 173 now. Enable HT40 across
channels 165 and 169. Leave channel 173 to remain HT20 only.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2018-02-17 18:52:01 +02:00
Emmanuel Grumbach
299d21e8e2 nl80211: Use the new NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL option
Now we can configure the network block so that it allows MFP setting for
the NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command. If the kernel finds an AP that requires
MFP, it'll be able to connect to it.

Note that since NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL isn't supported for
NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, we need to take the MFP configuration outside
nl80211_connect_common(). In addition, check that
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL is supported, to be backward compatible
with older kernels.

Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
2018-02-17 18:50:28 +02:00
Avraham Stern
a8c45d47d3 nl80211: Handle port authorized event
Indicate that the connection is authorized when receiving a port
authorized event from the driver.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2018-02-17 18:44:08 +02:00
Avraham Stern
0a20bd7d91 driver: Add port authorized event
Add an event that indicates that the 4 way handshake was completed by
the driver.

This event is useful for networks that require 802.1X authentication.
The driver can use this event that a new connection is already
authorized (e.g. when the driver used PMKSA caching) and 802.1X
authentication is not required.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2018-02-17 18:39:41 +02:00
Avraham Stern
05fc7c68f6 nl80211: Add API to set the PMK to the driver
Add support for setting the PMK to the driver. This is used for
drivers that support 4-way handshake offload.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2018-02-17 18:36:16 +02:00
Eliad Peller
0ff08f9636 nl80211: Check 4-way handshake offload support
Set the WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_4WAY_HANDSHAKE flag if the driver indicates
both 4-way handshake PSK and 802.1X support. Currently wpa_supplicant
doesn't distinguish between 4-way handshake for 802.1X and PSK, but
nl80211 API has different capabilities for each one.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2018-02-17 18:31:05 +02:00
Eliad Peller
730c5a1d09 nl80211: Support passing PSK on connect
If the driver advertises WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_4WAY_HANDSHAKE support, pass
the PSK on connect.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
2018-02-17 18:31:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9ec0dfa31f Define host_to_le64() for Windows builds
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-02-17 18:04:54 +02:00
Vamsi Krishna
a4016163e8 Extend APF interface for read/write and enable/disable ops
Enhance QCA vendor specific APF interface to support write/read program
and/or data and to enable/disable APF feature.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-02-15 00:26:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b2e4074ca3 OpenSSL: Fix EAP-FAST with OpenSSL 1.1.1-pre1
TLS v1.3 needs to be explicitly disabled to allow cipher suite selection
for EAP-FAST to work with OpenSSL builds that include TLS v1.3 support.
Without this, OpenSSL refuses to generate ClientHello due to the cipher
suite list including only ciphers allowed with older versions than TLS
v1.3.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-02-14 12:40:33 +02:00
Ashok Ponnaiah
a22e235fd0 OWE: Add testing RSNE for OWE assoc response with driver SME/MLME
Allow RSNE to be overwritten for testing purposes also in the
driver-based SME/MLME case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-02-12 21:31:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0887215d94 nl80211: Do not try to add too large NL80211_ATTR_PMK for set/del PMKSA
The current cfg80211 limit for the maximum NL80211_ATTR_PMK length is
48, so anything larger than that will result in the operation completely
failing. Since the PMKSA entries can be used without the PMK for most
purposes (the main use case for PMK currently is offloaded FILS
authentication), try to go ahead by configuring only the PMKID for the
case where 64-octet PMK is needed (which is currently limited to only
DPP with NIST P-521 and brainpoolP512r1 curves). This can fix DPP
connections with drivers that expect to get the PMKID through this
interface while still leaving the actual 4-way handshake for user space.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-02-10 12:16:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e7f6e6ee1b nl80211: Print NL80211_CMD_{SET,DEL}_PMKSA failures in debug log
This makes it easier to notice if the driver operation to manage PMKSA
cache information fails unexpectedly.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-02-10 12:10:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
659ac96d7f ieee802_11_mgmt: Handle frame info more consistently
Check for the fi parameter to be non-NULL before trying to fetch the
ssi_signal information similarly to how the fi->freq was already
handled. While the meta information is supposed to be available, it
looks like there is at least one corner case where fi == NULL could be
used (Authentication frame reprocessing after RADIUS-based ACL).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-02-07 12:34:41 +02:00
Ashok Ponnaiah
458d8984de SAE: Reject request with mismatching PMKID (no PMKSA cache entry)
Reject SAE association request when PMKID is included in the RSNE, but
the corresponding PMKSA is not available in the AP.

Signed-off-by: Ashok Ponnaiah <aponnaia@codeaurora.org>
2018-02-07 12:24:36 +02:00
Kiran Kumar Lokere
5ac4346426 Define new QCA vendor sub command for wifi test configuration
Define a new QCA vendor sub command for configuring the device with wifi
test configuration. Add new test config attributes for this sub command
that are used to configure the device for testbed configuration.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-02-07 12:11:47 +02:00
Ashok Ponnaiah
79ce2d519b OWE: Rename function to match use (driver-SME/MLME)
This function is used to process a (Re)Association Request frame, so
rename it appropriately to mention assoc_req instead of auth_req.

Signed-off-by: Ashok Ponnaiah <aponnaia@codeaurora.org>
2018-02-06 20:27:41 +02:00
Ashok Ponnaiah
759da93a89 OWE: Check for ECDH availability before use (driver-SME/MLME)
Verify that the STA has ECDH data available before trying to use this
data to add the OWE DH Params element.

Signed-off-by: Ashok Ponnaiah <aponnaia@codeaurora.org>
2018-02-06 20:25:41 +02:00
Ashok Ponnaiah
af65ef28f4 OWE: Add RSNE when not using PMKSA caching (driver-SME/MLME)
RSNE needs to be added both with and without use of PMKSA caching.

Signed-off-by: Ashok Ponnaiah <aponnaia@codeaurora.org>
2018-02-06 20:22:53 +02:00
Ashok Ponnaiah
5850cba384 OWE: Support DH groups 20 and 21 with driver-SME/MLME
This was already the case with the hostapd-based SME/MLME
implementation, but the OWE DH Param element construction for the
driver-based SME/MLME needed a matching change to set the group
properly.

Signed-off-by: Ashok Ponnaiah <aponnaia@codeaurora.org>
2018-02-06 20:20:22 +02:00
Michal Kazior
f9854c183d hostapd: Fix wpa_psk_file support for FT-PSK
For FT-PSK sm->xxkey was populated with only the first password on the
linked list (i.e., last matching password in the wpa_psk_file) in
INITPSK. This caused only that password to be recognized and accepted.
All other passwords were not verified properly and subsequently
prevented clients from connecting.

Hostapd would report:

 Jan 30 12:55:44 hostapd: ap0: STA xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx WPA: sending 1/4 msg of 4-Way Handshake
 Jan 30 12:55:44 hostapd: ap0: STA xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx WPA: received EAPOL-Key frame (2/4 Pairwise)
 Jan 30 12:55:44 hostapd: ap0: STA xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx WPA: invalid MIC in msg 2/4 of 4-Way Handshake
 Jan 30 12:55:45 hostapd: ap0: STA xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx WPA: EAPOL-Key timeout

Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal@plumewifi.com>
2018-02-04 12:39:23 +02:00
Simon Dinkin
d1e3d40d04 common: Fix the description of wpa_ctrl_request() function
The blocking timeout of this function was changed from 2 seconds to 10
seconds in this commit 1480633f ("Use longer timeout in
wpa_ctrl_request()"), but the description was never changed accordingly.

Signed-off-by: Simon Dinkin <simon.dinkin@tandemg.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2018-02-03 12:42:15 +02:00
David Messer
82424732af Fix compiler issue with CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS
Use the preprocessor conditional "ifdef" instead of "if" before
CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS to prevent an issue on build systems that treat
undefined preprocessor identifiers as an error.

Signed-off-by: David Messer <david.messer@garmin.com>
2018-02-03 12:41:09 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
40a68f3384 nl80211: Create a netlink socket handle for the Connect interface
This netlink socket handle owns the connect request and is further used
by the host driver/kernel to request for the external authentication.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-02-02 19:02:44 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
ba71cb821a nl80211: Introduce the interface for external authentication
This command/event interface can be used by host drivers that do not
define separate commands for authentication and association but rely on
wpa_supplicant for the authentication (SAE) processing.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-02-02 18:51:04 +02:00
Guisen Yang
8678b14faa Add new QCA vendor commands for thermal shutdown
Add new QCA vendor commands and attributes to get thermal information
and send thermal shutdown related commands. Indicates the driver to
enter the power saving mode or resume from the power saving mode based
on the given temperature and thresholds.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-02-02 18:35:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
99576f6f3c Sync with mac80211-next.git include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
This brings in nl80211 definitions as of 2018-01-31.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-02-02 18:34:14 +02:00
Ashok Ponnaiah
cd483be252 OWE: Use PMKSA caching if available with driver AP MLME
If a matching PMKSA cache entry is present for an OWE client, use it and
do not go through DH while processing Association Rquest frame.
Association Response frame will identify the PMKID in such a case and DH
parameters won't be present.

Signed-off-by: Ashok Ponnaiah <aponnaia@codeaurora.org>
2018-02-01 23:58:46 +02:00
Ashok Ponnaiah
a4668c6812 OWE: Handle unsupported finite cyclic group with driver MLME
Handle OWE unsupported finite cyclic group in (Re)Association Request
frame when not using the hostapd SME/MLME.

Signed-off-by: Ashok Ponnaiah <aponnaia@codeaurora.org>
2018-02-01 23:51:19 +02:00
Ashok Ponnaiah
f811cc83b3 atheros: Send correct SSID length to the driver
Send the exact SSID length to the driver by removing the legacy +1
padding.

Signed-off-by: Ashok Ponnaiah <aponnaia@codeaurora.org>
2018-02-01 23:45:12 +02:00
Srinivas Dasari
e005725a69 nl80211: Add DPP and OWE AKM selectors to CONNECT/ASSOC request
This is needed to support drivers that use NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES.

Signed-off-by: Srinivas Dasari <dasaris@codeaurora.org>
2018-01-31 11:21:10 +02:00
Subhani Shaik
2cc2a0a7ea Extend QCA vendor NDP params to support schedule update indication
Add additional NDP attributes and NDP subcommand value which is
provided as part of schedule update indication from driver/firmware
to HAL.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-01-29 20:43:10 +02:00
Subhani Shaik
a7769f6da2 Update QCA vendor commands to match ASOP
This updates QCA vendor command and attribute definitions to match AOSP.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-01-29 20:40:54 +02:00
Ashok Ponnaiah
18e3e9c6e0 OWE: Transition mode with non-AP-MLME
Add OWE Transition IE in build_ap_extra() ies to support drivers that do
not use hostapd MLME.

Signed-off-by: Ashok Ponnaiah <aponnaia@codeaurora.org>
2018-01-29 19:01:43 +02:00
Ashok Ponnaiah
92b6e0c582 hostapd: Send broadcast Public Action frame with wildcard BSSID address
Send Public Action frames with wildcard BSSID when destination was
broadcast address. This is required for DPP PKEX where the recipients
may drop the frames received with different BSSID than the wildcard
address or the current BSSID.

Signed-off-by: Ashok Ponnaiah <aponnaia@codeaurora.org>
2018-01-29 18:11:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fe3f81e6a8 DPP: Update PKEX role-specific points
The y coordinates for some of these PKEX role-specific points were
changed in the PKEX specification, so update the implementation to
match.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-01-26 18:06:49 +02:00
Venkateswara Swamy Bandaru
b4cd8b7e1a Add QCA vendor command and attributes for MSDU queue depth threshold
This allow MSDU queue depth threshold in target to be set per peer per
TID. This command contains MAC address, TID, update mask, and threshold
values.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-01-22 10:56:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
703470bfa1 FILS: Fix extended capability bit setting for FILS in AP mode
FILS capability bit setting could have ended up setting boths biths 72
(correct) and 64 (incorrect; part of Max Number of MSDUs In A-MSDU). Fix
this by adding the missing break to the switch statement.

Fixed: f55acd909e ("FILS: Set FILS Capability bit in management frames from AP")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-01-22 00:07:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9e834fc648 EAP-SIM/AKA: Separate identity for MK derivation
This allows a separate configuration parameter (imsi_identity) to be
used in EAP-SIM/AKA/AKA' profiles to override the identity used in MK
derivation for the case where the identity is expected to be from the
last AT_IDENTITY attribute (or EAP-Response/Identity if AT_IDENTITY was
not used). This may be needed to avoid sending out an unprotected
permanent identity information over-the-air and if the EAP-SIM/AKA
server ends up using a value based on the real IMSI during the internal
key derivation operation (that does not expose the data to others).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2018-01-21 11:28:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b6b5e3554a DPP: Get rid of compiler warnings on signed/unsigned comparison
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-01-21 11:24:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
630ea13346 DPP: Track M.x/N.x/L.x availability for ke derivation
This prevents an issue where duplicated Authentication Response frame
could have resulted in deriving a new ke value after M.x had already
been cleared. This would result in the following configuration exchange
failing. This could happen since many driver do not filter out
retransmitted Public Action frames and link layer. Furthermore, this
could have been used as a denial-of-service attack agains the DPP
exchange.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-01-21 11:13:01 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
c103c0b516 Extend NUD Stats to collect the data packet statistics
This commit extends the existing QCA vendor specific NUD_STATS_GET/SET
interface to also collect the statistics of the data packets. The
intention here is to get more comprehensive information to detect the
network unreachability.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-01-12 23:07:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5d5ee699a5 Copy WLAN-Reason-Code value from Access-Reject to Deauthentication
This makes hostapd use the WLAN-Reason-Code value from Access-Reject
when disconnecting a station due to IEEE 802.1X authentication failure.
If the RADIUS server does not include this attribute, the default value
23 (IEEE 802.1X authentication failed) is used. That value was the
previously hardcoded reason code.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-01-12 20:55:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f75ed556c8 RADIUS: Add WLAN-Reason-Code attribute to Access-Reject
Make the RADIUS server in hostapd add WLAN-Reason-Code attribute to all
Access-Reject messages generated based on EAP-Failure from the EAP
server. For now, the reason code value is set to 23 (IEEE 802.1X
authentication failed). This can be extending in future commits to cover
addition failure reasons.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-01-12 20:45:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
feba5848be Replace RSNE group key management mismatch status/reason codes
Use "cipher out of policy" value instead of invalid group cipher (which
is for the group data frame cipher) and management frame policy
violation (which is used for MFPC/MFPR mismatch).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-01-12 01:12:00 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
9cc8303d32 Add QCA vendor command to get the WLAN MAC information
This commit introduces a QCA vendor command that provides the current
information of WLAN hardware MAC and its associated WLAN netdev
interfaces.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-01-12 00:50:45 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fd92095491 DPP: Report reception of Config Request to upper layers
This is mainly for protocol testing purposes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-01-12 00:50:45 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
80f71b71d5 DPP: Authentication exchange retries and channel iteration in hostapd
This extends hostapd with previoiusly implemented wpa_supplicant
functionality to retry DPP Authentication Request/Response and to
iterate over possible negotiation channels.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-01-08 05:19:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c5cc7a59ac Report offchannel RX frame frequency to hostapd
Not all code paths for management frame RX reporting delivered the
correct frequency for offchannel RX cases. This is needed mainly for
Public Action frame processing in some special cases where AP is
operating, but an exchange is done on a non-operational channel. For
example, DPP Initiator role may need to do this.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-01-08 03:37:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b7ed94834d GnuTLS: Add option to build with libnettle instead of libgcrypt
GnuTLS-based builds can now be done using either libnettle or libgcrypt
for crypto functionality:

CONFIG_TLS=gnutls
CONFIG_CRYPTO=nettle

CONFIG_TLS=gnutls
CONFIG_CRYPTO=gnutls

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-12-29 17:13:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c36d822418 GnuTLS: Suite B validation
This allows OpenSSL-style configuration of Suite B parameters to be used
in the wpa_supplicant network profile. 128-bit and 192-bit level
requirements for ECDHE-ECDSA cases are supported. RSA >=3K case is
enforced using GnuTLS %PROFILE_HIGH special priority string keyword.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-12-28 22:33:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dd227e67ab GnuTLS: Add support for disabling TLS versions
This extends GnuTLS support for tls_disable_v1_{0,1,2}=1 flags in the
phase1 network profile parameter in wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-12-28 22:33:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5d292fcfbd GnuTLS: Implement tls_get_cipher()
Provide OpenSSL-style name for the negotiated cipher suite.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-12-28 22:33:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5791d2117c GnuTLS: Make debug prints clearer for cert/key parsing
Indicate more clearly when the parsing succeeds to avoid ending the
debug prints with various internal GnuTLS internal error messages even
when the parsing actually succeeded in the end.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-12-28 22:33:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
622d4d49e2 GnuTLS: Add TEST_FAIL() to crypto routines for testing purposes
This allows number of hwsim test cases for local error conditions to be
executed with GnuTLS-based builds.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-12-28 22:33:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f8697e8109 GnuTLS: Implement tls_get_version()
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-12-28 22:33:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
133f8d09fc GnuTLS: Implement HMAC functions using libgcrypt
Replace the internal HMAC MD5, SHA-1, and SHA256 implementations with
the ones from libgcrypt and also add the SHA384 and SHA512 versions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-12-27 23:35:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
85c12a62ee GnuTLS: Implement sha{256,384,512}_vector() using libgcrypt
Replace the internal SHA256 implementation with the one from libgcrypt
and also add the SHA384 and SHA512 versions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-12-27 23:21:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cc3e7bfc3c GnuTLS: Use a helper function for hash functions
Use a shared helper function instead of implementing practically same
sequence separately for each hash function.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-12-27 23:13:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
02b38d0ad5 Fix MFP-enabled test for disallowed TKIP
The test against use of TKIP was done only in MFP-required
(ieee80211w=2) configuration. Fix this to check the pairwise cipher for
MFP-enabled (ieee80211w=1) case as well.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-12-27 18:38:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ba3d435fe4 SAE: Add option to require MFP for SAE associations
The new hostapd.conf parameter sae_require_pmf=<0/1> can now be used to
enforce negotiation of MFP for all associations that negotiate use of
SAE. This is used in cases where SAE-capable devices are known to be
MFP-capable and the BSS is configured with optional MFP (ieee80211w=1)
for legacy support. The non-SAE stations can connect without MFP while
SAE stations are required to negotiate MFP if sae_require_mfp=1.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-12-27 18:27:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c4fc7e31c7 SAE: Set special Sc value when moving to Accepted state
Set Sc to 2^16-1 when moving to Accepted state per IEEE Std 802.11-2016,
12.4.8.6.5 (Protocol instance behavior - Confirmed state). This allows
the peer in Accepted state to silently ignore unnecessary
retransmissions of the Confirm message.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-12-27 12:19:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
abcbd0604c SAE: Add Rc variable and peer send-confirm validation
This implements the behavior described in IEEE Std 802.11-2016,
12.4.8.6.6 (Protocol instance behavior - Accepted state) to silently
discard received Confirm message in the Accepted state if the new
message does not use an incremented send-confirm value or if the special
2^16-1 value is used. This avoids unnecessary processing of
retransmitted Confirm messages.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-12-27 12:19:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9249afc8e1 SAE: Print state changes in debug log
This makes it easier to follow state changes in SAE protocol instances.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-12-27 00:07:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d8b841eba8 SAE: Make dot11RSNASAESync configurable
The new hostapd.conf parameter sae_sync (default: 5) can now be used to
configure the dot11RSNASAESync value to specify the maximum number of
synchronization errors that are allowed to happen prior to
disassociation of the offending SAE peer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-12-26 12:46:22 +02:00
Sean Parkinson
04b1bcc5f3 EAP-pwd: Use abstract crypto API
This makes it easier to use EAP-pwd with other crypto libraries than
OpenSSL.

Signed-off-by: Sean Parkinson <sean@wolfssl.com>
2017-12-24 21:40:21 +02:00
Sean Parkinson
0c3d49afd8 EAP-EKE: Use abstract crypto API
This makes it easier to use EAP-pwd with other crypto libraries.

Signed-off-by: Sean Parkinson <sean@wolfssl.com>
2017-12-24 17:38:17 +02:00
Sean Parkinson
c335507c8d Enhance crypto abstract API for DH
The patch offers alternate implementations of some functions using the
abstract cryptographic API.

This work was done in preparation for the changes to allow hostap to be
compiled with the wolfSSL cryptography and TLS library.

Signed-off-by: Sean Parkinson <sean@wolfssl.com>
2017-12-24 17:38:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0e02f2a9fa crypto: Implement new crypto API functions for DH
This implements crypto_dh_init() and crypto_dh_derive_secret() using
os_get_random() and crypto_mod_exp() for all crypto_*.c wrappers that
include crypto_mod_exp() implementation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-12-24 17:36:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
eac084cb38 OpenSSL: Implement new crypto API functions
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-12-24 17:35:41 +02:00
Sean Parkinson
23ff5d73df Enhance crypto abstract API
Add more crypto_*() wrappers to enable use of other crypto libraries
than OpenSSL.

Signed-off-by: Sean Parkinson <sean@wolfssl.com>
2017-12-24 17:35:38 +02:00
Sean Parkinson
441e8bfbb4 Fix copy-paste errors in function comments
Use correct function names for the documentation.

Signed-off-by: Sean Parkinson <sean@wolfssl.com>
2017-12-24 17:03:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
47e966abac DH: Remove trailing whitespace
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-12-24 17:02:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3546ef5104 EAP-pwd: Remove trailing empty line
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-12-23 17:27:15 +02:00
Peng Xu
61536b5f41 Add new QCA vendor attribute for getting preferred channel
A new vendor attribute QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_GET_WEIGHED_PCL is added for
getting preferred channels with weight value and a flag to indicate how
the channels should be used in P2P negotiation process.

Signed-off-by: Peng Xu <pxu@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-12-22 20:34:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1a2cb20d5b Fix couple of QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_GET_SAR_LIMITS comments
Copy-paste errors in the command name (set vs. the new get).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-12-22 18:57:47 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
2fca2d2144 Vendor parameter for forcing RSNE override
Indicates the driver to use the RSNE as-is from the connect interface.
Exclusively used for the scenarios where the device is used as a testbed
device with special functionality and not recommended for production.
This helps driver to not validate the RSNE passed from user space and
thus allow arbitrary IE data to be used for testing purposes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-12-22 18:43:55 +02:00
Jeff Johnson
2d942ec4ac Define a QCA vendor command to retrieve SAR Power limits
Previously commit c79238b6a4 ('Define a
QCA vendor command to configure SAR Power limits') implemented a vendor
command interface to allow a userspace entity to dynamically control the
SAR power limits. Now implement a command to retrieve the current SAR
power limits.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-12-15 20:55:15 +02:00
vamsi krishna
d98038bb05 FILS: Driver configuration to disable/enable FILS features
The new disable_fils parameter can be used to disable FILS functionality
in the driver. This is currently removing the FILS Capability bit in
Extended Capabilities and providing a callback to the driver wrappers.
driver_nl80211.c implements this using a QCA vendor specific command for
now.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-12-15 20:52:17 +02:00
Bhagavathi Perumal S
af832aa998 hostapd: Add average channel utilization in STATUS
This allows external programs to get the average channel utilization.
The average channel utilization is calculated and reported through
STATUS command. Users need to configure chan_util_avg_period and
bss_load_update_period in hostapd config to get the average channel
utilization.

Signed-off-by: Bhagavathi Perumal S <bperumal@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-12-12 00:48:27 +02:00
Bhagavathi Perumal S
802c0fd0c3 hostapd: Update BSS load update period dynamically
Recalculate the timeout value for each event instead of calculating this
once and then not allowing the timeout configuration to be changed
without fully stopping and restarting the interface.

This allows the bss_load_update_period configuration parameter to be
modified while a BSS continues operating.

Signed-off-by: Bhagavathi Perumal S <bperumal@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-12-12 00:48:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
778d87054e Fix error handling in bss_load_update_period parser
Do not update the configuration parameter before having verified the
value to be in the valid range.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-12-12 00:46:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
04ded82efa OWE: Fix error case handling with drivers that implement AP SME
owe_auth_req_process() can return NULL in error cases, but the caller
was not prepared for this. The p pointer cannot be overridden in such
cases since that would result in buffer length (p - buf) overflows. Fix
this by using a temporary variable to check the return value before
overriding p so that the hostapd_sta_assoc() ends up using correct
length for the IE buffer.

Fixes: 33c8bbd8ca ("OWE: Add AP mode handling of OWE with drivers that implement SME")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-12-11 13:41:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c23e87d0d1 OpenSSL: Replace EVP_PKEY_paramgen() with EC_KEY_new_by_curve_name()
The BoringSSL version of crypto_ecdh_init() and dpp_gen_keypair() works
fine with OpenSSL as well, so use that same implementation for both to
avoid unnecessary maintanence of multiple versions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-12-10 23:49:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7641d485db BoringSSL: Use EC_KEY_new_by_curve_name() to simplify implementation
There is no need to go through EC_GROUP_new_by_curve_name(),
EC_KEY_new(), and EC_KEY_set_group() when a single call to
EC_KEY_new_by_curve_name() takes care of all that.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-12-10 23:41:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a5da39607d Revert "BoringSSL: Add DPP special cases regardless of claimed version number"
This reverts commit 5548453a2d since
BoringSSL added ECDSA_SIG_set0() and ECDSA_SIG_get0() in commit
8dc226ca8f1ef60737e1c1bf8cfcabf51d4068c7 ('Add some missing OpenSSL
1.1.0 accessors.') and updated X509_ALGOR_get0() prototype to match
OpenSSL 1.1.0 changes in commit e3b2a5d30d309091cab3e6a19dee7323c40d968d
('Const-correct X509_ALGOR_get0.').

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-12-10 23:27:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0f30844722 Revert "BoringSSL: Define RSA_bits() helper"
This reverts commit 3cfbd3b0f6 since
BoringSSL added RSA_bits() in commit
8dc226ca8f1ef60737e1c1bf8cfcabf51d4068c7 ('Add some missing OpenSSL
1.1.0 accessors.').

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-12-10 23:22:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a2c442be25 OpenSSL: Allow cipher list to be overridden for tls_suiteb=1 case
This allows wpa_supplicant configuration with phase1="tls_suiteb=1" to
use openssl_ciphers="ECDHE-RSA-AES256-GCM-SHA384" to further limit the
possible TLS cipher suites when using Suite B with RSA >3K keys. This
combination disables use of DHE and as such, mandates ECDHE to be used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-12-10 21:16:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e5c7c2f28e Fix ap-mgmt-fuzzer build
Add src/ap/eth_p_oui.o into libap.a to be able to link ap-mgmt-fuzzer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-12-09 18:41:55 +02:00
David Benjamin
63942cf0f3 OpenSSL: Avoid SSL*_use_default_passwd_cb()
These functions are a bit awkward to use for one-off file loads, as
suggested by the tls_clear_default_passwd_cb() logic. There was also
some historical mess with OpenSSL versions and either not having per-SSL
settings, having per-SSL settings but ignoring them, and requiring the
per-SSL settings.

Instead, loading the key with the lower-level functions seems a bit
tidier and also allows abstracting away trying both formats, one after
another.

Signed-off-by: David Benjamin <davidben@google.com>
2017-12-09 18:29:08 +02:00
David Benjamin
149143e31d OpenSSL: Remove unnecessary os_strdup() from password callback
There's no need to make an extra copy of private_key_passwd for
SSL_{CTX_,}set_default_passwd_cb().

Signed-off-by: David Benjamin <davidben@google.com>
2017-12-09 18:09:10 +02:00
Paul Zhang
9b0de99fac Add new QCA vendor attribute for WLAN Latency Module (WLM)
A new vendor attribute QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_CONFIG_LATENCY_LEVEL is added
for vendor sub-command QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SET_WIFI_CONFIGURATION.
This attribute is for setting the level of WLM.

Signed-off-by: Paul Zhang <paulz@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-12-08 14:15:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
055cd39788 tests: DPP P-256 test vectors
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-12-07 13:35:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f55269753c DPP: Allow protocol key to be overridden for testing purposes
This can be used for various testing needs.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-12-05 23:53:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
402c8e00b7 WPS: Map GCMP-256 and CCMP-256 to AES encryption type
This is needed to allow a credential to be built for GCMP-256/CCMP-256
networks that do not enable GCMP-128/CCMP-128.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-12-02 12:00:45 +02:00
Shiva Sankar Gajula
a2660890a5 WPS: Allow WPS to be enabled in CCMP-256 and GCMP-256 only cases
Extend the check against WPA/TKIP only configuration by adding CCMP-256
and GCMP-256 to the list of allowed ciphers. This is needed to allow WPS
to be enabled in AP configurations where neither CCMP-128 nor GCMP-128
are enabled.

Signed-off-by: Shiva Sankar Gajula <sgajula@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-12-02 12:00:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
163fc3d562 DPP: Indicate to upper layers whether mutual authentication was used
DPP Responder selects whether mutual authentication is used. This commit
adds information about that selection to upper layers (ctrl_iface event
DPP-AUTH-DIRECTION mutual=<0/1>) on the Initiator side.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-12-02 12:00:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
34603767b8 DPP: Extend protocol testing to allow exchange termination
This extends dpp_test functionality to allow DPP exchanges to be stopped
when receiving a specified message.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-12-02 12:00:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
963d3149ab nl80211: Fix NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS encoding
This nl80211 attribute uses NLA_U8 policy in cfg80211 and wpa_supplicant
needs to use same size when writing the attribute.

This fixes mesh mode regression triggered by kernel commit "net:
netlink: Update attr validation to require exact length for some types"
in v4.15-rc1 that resulted in the following debug log entry when trying
to join a mesh:
nl80211: mesh join failed: ret=-22 (Invalid argument)

Fixes: 6c1664f605 ("nl80211: Add new commands to support mesh interfaces")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-12-01 22:21:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a2426829ce nl80211: Fix NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE encoding
This nl80211 attribute uses NLA_U8 policy in cfg80211 and
hostapd/wpa_supplicant needs to use same size when writing the
attribute.

This fixes AP mode regression triggered by kernel commit "net: netlink:
Update attr validation to require exact length for some types" in
v4.15-rc1 that resulted in the following debug log entry when trying to
enable beaconing:
nl80211: Beacon set failed: -34 (Numerical result out of range)

Fixes: da1080d721 ("nl80211: Advertise and configure SMPS modes")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-12-01 20:22:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f0a383a981 DPP: Extend dpp_test with invalid E-Nonce in Config Req
Allow an E-Nonce attribute with invalid length to be sent for protocol
testing purposes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-30 22:01:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
55c6c85855 DPP: Extend dpp_test with invalid Transaction ID in Peer Disc Req
Allow a Transaction ID attribute with invalid length to be sent for
protocol testing purposes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-30 21:56:19 +02:00
Krishna Rao
364039d223 Add QCA vendor command and attributes for RROP
Add QCA vendor command and attributes for vendor specific Representative
RF Operating Parameter (RROP) information. This information is intended
for optional use by external ACS. It provides guidance values for some
RF parameters that are used by the system during operation, so that
external ACS can utilize these to compare between channels, bands, etc.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-30 18:47:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0e19300d5b nl80211: Use consistent "0x" prefix for the cookie values
One of the event message for TX status was missing 'x' from the "0x"
prefix. Add that to make the used format consistent for all cookie debug
print cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-30 12:42:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f981ce7298 DPP: Do not continue if public key hash derivation fails
sha256_vector() result was ignored apart from printing out the failure
in the debug log. This is not really a normal case and it is better to
reject the full operation rather than try to continue with an incorrect
public key hash value.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-30 00:08:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8a37d54ea7 DPP: Fix memory leak on dpp_auth_build_conf() error paths
The wpabuf for the message needs to be freed on the error paths.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-29 21:21:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
281f480c53 JSON: Fix a memory leak on an error path
If the second json_alloc_token() call failed to allocate memory,
json_parse() missed the first allocation on the error path. Assign the
root pointer earlier for that case to avoid the potential memory leak.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-29 13:22:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
622934128b DPP: Fix a memory leak on an error path
Need to free temporary allocations if dpp_build_conf_start() fails to
allocate memory.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-29 13:03:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ed62d40116 DPP: Deinit PKEX instance on DPP_STOP_LISTEN
Previously this stopped only the DPP Authentication instance, but it is
better to clear both PKEX and Authentication.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-29 12:24:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
634a130a52 DPP: Clear authentication instance on configuration completion in AP
wpa_supplicant was already doing this and hostapd needs to clear
hapd->dpp_auth when completing the exchange in Configurator (GAS server)
role.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-27 20:33:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d3cb7ebe1b DPP: Do not process dpp_auth_ok_on_ack multiple times
An additional TX status callback could result in processing the DPP
authentication completion another time at least with hostapd. Fix this
by clearing the dpp_auth_ok_on_ack when processing it.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-27 20:20:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
82feacced0 DPP: Ignore GAS server status callback for unknown response
It was possible for a timeout from an old GAS server operation to
trigger DPP configuration failure during the subsequent DPP operation.
Fix this by verifying that the status callback is for the response
generated during the same DPP Authentication/Configuration exchange.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-27 13:48:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a2588be82c DPP: Add DPP_CONFIGURATOR_SIGN support to hostapd
Configurator signing its own Connector was previously supported only in
wpa_supplicant. This commit extends that to hostapd to allow an AP
acting as a Configurator to self-configure itself.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-27 13:24:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7eb6bfb45d DPP: Move hostapd Configurator/bootstrap data into global context
This moves the Configurator and Bootstrapping Information data from
struct hostapd_data (per-BSS) to struct hapd_interfaces (per-hostapd
process). This allows the information to be maintained over interface
restarts and shared between interfaces.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-27 13:24:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
73f21929a7 DPP: Auto-generate Initiator bootstrapping info if needed
Instead of using the all-zeros Initiator Bootstrapping Key Hash when no
local bootstrapping key is configuref for the Initiator, automatically
generate a temporary bootstrapping key for the same curve that the
Responder uses. If the Responder indicates that it wants to do mutual
authentication, provide the URI for the auto-generated bootstrapping key
in the DPP-RESPONSE-PENDING event for upper layers to display the QR
Code.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-26 17:41:22 +02:00
Sriram R
725a953aea nl80211: Filter global events based on wiphy
Avoid same interface processing nl80211 events when at least one of
IFIDX, WDEV, or WIPHY index attribute is available in the nl80211 event
message.

Previously, a same interface processes events when ifidx and wdev id
attribute were not available in the nl80211 message. This is extended to
check the presence of wiphy index attribute as well since some radar
notifications include only WIPHY index attrbute in the nl80211 message.

Signed-off-by: Sriram R <srirrama@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-26 12:42:56 +02:00
Bhagavathi Perumal S
0bd7f104c1 hostapd: Add supported rate information into STATUS and STA
These allow external programs to determine supported legacy, HT, and VHT
rates of an interface or a STA.

Signed-off-by: Bhagavathi Perumal S <bperumal@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-25 13:25:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1489fcf87d FILS: Do not leave error value in left counter
If fils_decrypt_assoc() were to fail on the AP side, the previous
implementation could have continued through the response generation
using left = -1. That could have resulted in unexpected processing if
this value were to be used as the length of the remaining (unencrypted)
IEs. Fix this by not updating left in the failure case.

Fixes: 78815f3dde ("FILS: Decrypt Association Request elements and check Key-Auth (AP)")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-24 12:26:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
beae255a72 WPA: Check wpa_eapol_key_mic() result on TX
Verify that nothing unexpected happened with EAPOL-Key Key MIC
calculation when transmitting EAPOL-Key frames from the Authenticator.
This should not be able to happen in practice, but if if it does, there
is no point in sending out the frame without the correct Key MIC value.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-24 12:13:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
acc555f9e6 DPP: Allow PKEX x/X and y/Y keypairs to be overridden
This is for testing purposes to allow a test vector with specific values
to be generated.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-24 01:41:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d722c50d0a DPP: Print more interim EC_POINT results into debug log
This makes it easier to debug issues related to DPP/PKEX EC operations.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-24 01:02:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2bdc47a945 DPP: Allow PKEX own/peer MAC addresses to be overridden
This is for testing purposes to allow a test vector with specific values
to be generated.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-23 23:47:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
af4103e5e9 DPP: Provide peer_mac to PKEX Initiator through function argument
Avoid unnecessary direct write to a struct dpp_pkex member from outside
dpp.c.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-23 23:32:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
918a2ac40f DPP: Work around missing EVP_PKEY_CTX_set_ec_param_enc()
This allows compilation with older OpenSSL 1.0.1.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-23 20:31:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3ca4be1eaa DPP: Remove compiler warnings about signed/unsigned comparisons
These timestamp comparisons did not use matching signedness.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-23 20:31:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
116454f460 DPP: Fix error return value in dpp_auth_conf_rx()
Commit 03abb6b541 ('DPP: Reject unexpected
Req/Resp message based on Auth/PKEX role') used incorrect type of error
value (NULL vs. -1). Fix that.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-23 20:20:39 +02:00
Hu Wang
63dc0f9c4d hostapd: Disassoc STA without WPA/RSN IE if AP proto is WPA/RSN
With the AP proto configured being WPA/RSN and SME in the
driver, the previous implementation in hostapd is to not
process hostapd_notif_assoc() due to "No WPA/RSN IE from STA",
if the (Re)Association Request frame is without the WPA/RSN IEs.

Enhance that to disassociate such station provided the AP is not using
WPS.

Signed-off-by: Hu Wang <huw@codeaurora.org>
2017-11-23 20:12:34 +02:00
bhagavathi perumal s
cc79e06f00 hostapd: Add wpa_msg_ctrl() to report Probe Request frames from STA
This allows external applications to get event indication for Probe
Request frames. Extend ctrl iface cmd "ATTACH" to enable this event on
per-request basis. For example, user has to send ctrl iface cmd "ATTACH
probe_rx_events=1" to enable the Probe Request frame events.

Signed-off-by: bhagavathi perumal s <bperumal@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-23 20:12:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
248264c622 DPP: Stop Authentication Request attempts if no response after ACK
If unicast Authentication Request frame is used and the peer ACKs such a
frame, but does not reply within the two second limit, there is no need
to continue trying to retransmit the request frames since the peer was
found, but not responsive.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-23 00:22:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e3a5882b3e DPP: Add SAE credential support to Configurator
The new conf={sta,ap}-{sae,psk-sae} parameter values can now be used to
specify that the legacy configuration object is for SAE.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-22 21:24:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5dd745b738 DPP: Add akm=sae and akm=psk+sae support in Enrollee role
This allows DPP to be used for enrolling credentials for SAE networks in
addition to the legacy PSK (WPA-PSK) case. In addition, enable FT-PSK
and FT-SAE cases automatically.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-22 21:23:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a444673957 DPP: Protocol testing capability to send invalid I-Nonce in Auth Req
Extend dpp_test to cover one more invalid behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-22 16:23:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
00d2d13db2 DPP: Retry PKEX Exchange Request frame up to five times
Retransmit the PKEX Exchange Request frame if no response from a peer is
received. This makes the exchange more robust since this frame is sent
to a broadcast address and has no link layer retries.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-22 15:54:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ab0375508d TDLS: Add testing capability to send TPK M2 twice
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-21 00:48:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4b8de0c929 DPP: Protocol testing for invalid Peer Discovery Req/Resp values
Extend dpp_test to allow more invalid attribute values to be written
into Peer Discovery Request/Response frames.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-19 17:15:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f9cf7d03f1 DPP: Protocol testing for invalid Config Attrib Object value
Extend dpp_test to cover a case where Config Attrib Object value is
invalid in Configuration Request frame.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-19 14:13:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3f35ec2dc3 DPP: Protocol testing for invalid DPP Status value
Extend dpp_test to cover cases where DPP Status value is invalid in
Authentication Response/Confirm frames.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-19 14:13:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9efa531499 DPP: Use helper functions to build Bootstrap Key Hash attributes
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-19 12:41:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
acdf703d50 DPP: Replace custom undefined attr with DPP Status in after-wrapped data
This has the same impact and is needed for some testing needs.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-19 12:32:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
56f24d1da0 DPP: Use a helper function to build DPP Status attribute
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-19 12:27:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
65ecce87fd DPP: Protocol testing for writing invalid I/R Bootstrap Key Hash
Extend dpp_test to cover cases where Initiator/Responder Bootstrap Key
Hash value in DPP Authentication frames is invalid (flip one bit).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-19 11:32:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b6b4226bdd DPP: Protocol testing capability to generate invalid Protocol Key
This extends dpp_test to allow invalid Initiator/Responder Protocol Key
to be written into the Authentication Request/Response frame.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-19 00:11:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c6eb3e34b6 Stronger GTK derivation routine
If the build include SHA384, use that to derive GTK from GMK. In
addition, add more random bytes bytes to the PRF-X() context data for
longer GTK to reduce dependency on the randomness of the GMK.

GMK is 256 bits of random data and it was used with SHA256, so the
previous design was likely sufficient for all needs even with 128 bits
of additional randomness in GTK derivation. Anyway, adding up to 256
bits of new randomness and using SHA384 can be helpful extra protection
particularly for the cases using GCMP-256 or CCMP-256 as the group
cipher.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-11-18 17:50:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
94619905c8 DPP: Fix dpp_test_gen_invalid_key() with BoringSSL
Unlike OpenSSL, BoringSSL returns an error from
EC_POINT_set_affine_coordinates_GFp() is not on the curve. As such, need
to behave differently here depending on which library is used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-18 17:50:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
746c1792ac DPP: Build bootstrapping key DER encoding using custom routine
While the OpenSSL version of i2d_EC_PUBKEY() seemed to be able to use
the POINT_CONVERSION_COMPRESSED setting on the EC key, that did not seem
to work with BoringSSL. Since this is not exactly robust design, replace
use of i2d_EC_PUBKEY() with a custom routine that enforces the DPP rules
on SubjectPublicKeyInfo (compressed format of the public key,
ecPublicKey OID, parameters present and indicating the curve by OID).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-18 17:50:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f2d27ef94c DPP: Use a helper function to DER encode bootstrapping key
This routine was previously implemented twice using i2d_EC_PUBKEY().
There is no need to duplicate that implementation and especially since
it looks like this implementation needs to be replaced for BoringSSL,
start by using a shared helper function for both locations so that there
is only a single place that uses i2d_EC_PUBKEY() to build the special
DPP bootstrapping key DER encoding.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-18 12:14:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c1564149a6 BoringSSL: Add AES support with 192-bit keys
BoringSSL restored the previously removed AES-192 ECB support in ("Add
AES-192 ECB.") commit. Since this is needed for DPP with the P-384
curve, restore support for this through EVP_aes_192_ecb().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-17 21:03:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
edd72f55f8 OpenSSL: Debug message if requested AES key length is not supported
This makes it clearer why some AES operations fail especially with
BoringSSL where the 192-bit case is not supported.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-17 20:59:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5548453a2d BoringSSL: Add DPP special cases regardless of claimed version number
It looks like BoringSSL claims to have OPENSSL_VERSION_NUMBER for a
1.1.0 version, but it does not provide ECDSA_SIG_set0() or
ECDSA_SIG_get0(). For now, add the helper functions regardless of the
version BoringSSL claims to be. Similarly, include the X509_ALGOR_get0()
workaround unconditionally for BoringSSL.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-17 20:44:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f29761297b BoringSSL: Implement crypto_ecdh_init()
BoringSSL does not provide some of the OpenSSL API that was used here,
so update this to use similar design to what was already done with DPP
key derivation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-17 20:41:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7721fe082b BoringSSL: Comment out SSL_set_default_passwd_cb*() calls
It looks like BoringSSL claims to have OPENSSL_VERSION_NUMBER for a
1.1.0 version, but it does not provide SSL_set_default_passwd_cb*(). For
now, comment out this regardless of the version BoringSSL claims to be.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-17 20:34:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b9dc63c261 BoringSSL: Comment out SSL_set1_sigalgs_list() call
It looks like BoringSSL claims to have OPENSSL_VERSION_NUMBER for a
1.1.0 version, but it does not provide SSL_set1_sigalgs_list(). For now,
comment out this regardless of the version BoringSSL claims to be.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-17 20:30:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3cfbd3b0f6 BoringSSL: Define RSA_bits() helper
It looks like BoringSSL claims to have OPENSSL_VERSION_NUMBER for a
1.1.0 version, but it does not provide RSA_bits(). For now, add this
backwards compatibility wrapper for BoringSSL regardless of the version
it claims to be.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-17 20:24:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
27781c0ab5 Allow group cipher selection to be overridden
The new hostapd configuration parameter group_cipher can now be used to
override the automatic cipher selection based on enabled pairwise
ciphers. It should be noted that selecting an unexpected group cipher
can result in interoperability issues and this new capability is mainly
for testing purposes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-17 12:31:41 +02:00
Edayilliam Jayadev
af6614ca10 Fix block comment style in QCA vendor attribute definition
Fix the block comment style issue introduced as part of commit
fbfceef3af ("Add QCA vendor commands for
spectral scan").

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-14 18:55:30 +02:00
tinlin
2115603a45 Add QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_PEER_FLUSH_PENDING
Add sub-command QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_PEER_FLUSH_PENDING to flush
pending packets in firmware. The attributes are listed in enum
qca_wlan_vendor_attr_flush_pending. The QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_PEER_ADDR
specifies the peer MAC address and the QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_AC specifies
the access category of the pending packets.

Signed-off-by: Lin Tingting <tinlin@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-14 18:52:59 +02:00
Zhang Qian
27987b67fa Add new QCA vendor attribute for LL stats
A new vendor attribute QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_LL_STATS_WMM_AC_PENDING_MSDU
is added for vendor sub-command QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_LL_STATS_GET.
This attribute is for pending MSDUs corresponding to respective AC.

Signed-off-by: Zhang Qian <zhangq@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-14 18:48:55 +02:00
Ashok Kumar Ponnaiah
41db74cf76 atheros: Process SAE authentication frames using EVENT_RX_MGMT
This adds support for SAE in AP mode with the atheros driver interface.
EVENT_RX_MGMT includes SAE processing while EVENT_AUTH would require
more changes to make this work.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-14 18:47:07 +02:00
Ashok Kumar Ponnaiah
3d9dd4b772 atheros: Generate EVENT_TX_STATUS events for management frames
This is needed for DPP functionality.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-14 18:44:05 +02:00
Beniamino Galvani
f5b74b966c common: Avoid conflict with __bitwise macro from linux/types.h
Undefine the __bitwise macro before defining it to avoid conflicts
with the one from linux/types.h; the same is done some lines above
when __CHECKER__ is defined. Fixes the following warning:

  In file included from ../src/l2_packet/l2_packet_linux.c:15:0:
  hostap/src/utils/common.h:438:0: warning: "__bitwise" redefined
   #define __bitwise

  In file included from /usr/include/linux/filter.h:9:0,
                   from ../src/l2_packet/l2_packet_linux.c:13:
  /usr/include/linux/types.h:21:0: note: this is the location of the previous definition
   #define __bitwise __bitwise__

Signed-off-by: Beniamino Galvani <bgalvani@redhat.com>
2017-11-14 18:23:47 +02:00
Masashi Honma
4109555ef7 DPP: Fix compiler warning of testing code
../src/common/dpp.c: In function 'dpp_test_gen_invalid_key':
../src/common/dpp.c:5531:10: warning: return makes integer from pointer without a cast [-Wint-conversion]
   return NULL;
          ^

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2017-11-14 18:22:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1d624a0702 Reject PMK-to-PTK derivation with unsupported cipher
There should be no wpa_pmk_to_ptk() calls with the cipher argument
indicating a cipher that is not allowed as a pairwise cipher. However,
it looks like that was possible to happen with wlantest. Check for this
corner case explicitly to avoid generating confusing debug logs.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-14 12:50:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
762fb4f066 DPP: Testing capability to send unexpected Authentication Response
This is for protocol testing to check what happens if the Responser
receives an unexpected Authentication Response instead of Authentication
Confirm.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-13 12:55:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
03abb6b541 DPP: Reject unexpected Req/Resp message based on Auth/PKEX role
This prevents issues where an unexpected message in the DPP
Authentication exchange or PKEX could result in undefined behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-13 12:55:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
95b0104a34 DPP: Retransmit DPP Authentication Response frame if it is not ACKed
This extends wpa_supplicant DPP implementation to retransmit DPP
Authentication Response frame every 10 seconds up to 5 times if the peer
does not reply with DPP Authentication Confirm frame.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-13 12:35:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c1d3773967 DPP: Stop authentication exchange of DPP_STOP_LISTEN
Previously, this command stopped listen operation immediately, but if
there was an ongoing authentication exchange, a new listen operation was
started. This is not really expected behavior, so stop the
authentication exchange first with this command to avoid restarting
listen operation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-13 12:35:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d1f082644c DPP: Allowed initiator to indicate either role
The new role=either parameter can now be used with DPP_AUTH_INIT to
indicate that the initiator can take either the Configurator or Enrollee
role.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-13 11:45:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f97ace34cb DPP: Support multiple channels for initiating DPP Authentication
This extends wpa_supplicant to iterate over all available channels from
the intersection of what the peer indicates and the local device
supports when initiating DPP Authentication. In addition, retry DPP
Authentication Request frame up to five times if no response is
received.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-13 11:45:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a306ed5a58 DPP: Protocol testing to allow missing attributes in peer discovery
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-06 12:40:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1fafdf1124 DPP: Add DPP_LISTEN and DPP_STOP_LISTEN to hostapd
This is an initial step in allowing non-operating channel operations
with DPP when hostapd is the Responder. For now, this is only used for
specifying role=configurator/enrollee and qr=mutual cases similarly to
the wpa_supplicant configuration for in Responder role. Request to use a
non-operating channel will be rejected.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-04 12:33:03 +02:00
Edayilliam Jayadev
fbfceef3af Add QCA vendor commands for spectral scan
Add the following vendor commands and their vendor attributes for
spectral scan.

 1) QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SPECTRAL_SCAN_GET_CONFIG
        Get current values of spectral parameters.
 2) QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SPECTRAL_SCAN_GET_DIAG_STATS
        Get stats for spectral scan debug.
 3) QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SPECTRAL_SCAN_GET_CAP_INFO
        Get the spectral hardware capability.
 4) QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SPECTRAL_SCAN_GET_STATUS
        Get the current status of spectral scan.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-03 21:47:32 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
bb9808fa9f P2P: Continue P2P_WAIT_PEER_(IDLE/CONNECT) sequence on a listen cancel
Some drivers may accept the remain-on-channel command, but instead of
indicating start event for remain-on-channel, just indicate that the
operation has been canceled immediately. This listen cancel from the
WAIT_PEER_CONNECT state ended up in discontinuation of further
WAIT_PEER_IDLE/WAIT_PEER_CONNECT state transitions. Hence, delay the
subsequent IDLE state by 100 ms.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-03 21:47:32 +02:00
Zhang Qian
962b8fcf49 Add new QCA vendor attributes for MAC counters
Add QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_LL_STATS_EXT_REPORT_TIME
and QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_LL_STATS_EXT_MEASUREMENT_TIME to record
timestamp and duration for the last MAC counters. Some user layer
application is delay sensitive. It needs to know time stamp and
measurment duration for the counters.

Signed-off-by: Zhang Qian <zhangq@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-03 21:21:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
af7f10fcdf DPP: Protocol testing for invalid Config Resp attribute values
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-03 21:14:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8c99e6264a DPP: Report Config Request/Response failure reasons on control interface
This provides more details of failures to upper layer components.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-03 21:04:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f411ad1b86 DPP: Protocol testing to remove attributes from Config Req/Resp
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-03 21:04:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7e0ebe21b0 DPP: Protocol testing - invalid I/R-Auth value in PKEX Commit-Reveal
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-03 20:18:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
89d0bf6783 DPP: Protocol testing - invalid Bootstrap Key value in PKEX Commit-Reveal
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-03 19:59:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f31ef96dc3 DPP: Protocol testing - invalid Status value in PKEX Exchange Response
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-03 19:59:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d05c82c4d0 DPP: Move PKEX z derivation on Responder to earlier phase
K and z can be derived already based on information available at the
time the PKEX Exchange Request is being processed, so move these there
from the PKEX Commit-Reveal Request processing since that matches the
DPP tech spec description close and allows PKEX exchange to be aborted
earlier if anything unexpected happens.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-03 19:59:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
578c9ea1ab DPP: Fix a typo in a debug print
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-03 19:59:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5f5fff4363 DPP: Explicitly check that PKEX Qr is not the point-at-infinity
This was already done for Qi, but the same needs to be done for Qr as
well.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-03 19:59:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
29ab69e4b0 DPP: PKEX counter t
Add limit on number of failed attempts that could have used PKEX code.
If the limit (5) is reached, drop the PKEX state (including the code)
and report this on the control interface to indicate that a new code
needs to be entered due to possible attack.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-03 19:59:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
039b8e7369 DPP: Terminate PKEX exchange on detection of a mismatching code
Clean up the pending PKEX exchange if Commit-Reveal Request processing
indicates a mismatch in the PKEX code. Previously, the this case was
silently ignored and the session was left in pending state that
prevented new PKEX exchanges from getting initated. Now, a new attempt
is allowed to be initiated.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-03 19:59:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fc0efa2a1e DPP: Use dpp_bn2bin_pad() helper to simplify code
Number of places writing BIGNUM values with left-padding were open
coding this helper functionality unnecessarily.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-03 19:59:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e0247e7983 DPP: PKEX and STATUS_BAD_GROUP
Report mismatching finite cyclic group with PKEX Exchange Response using
STATUS_BAD_GROUP and provide more detailed error report over the control
interface on the peer device when this happens.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-03 19:59:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2265353a4f DPP: Remove obsolete TODO comment on discovery object
The optional channel information was removed from the discovery object
in the DPP tech spec, so no need to maintain this TODO note anymore.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-03 19:59:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fe12ae777f Fix Status Code in TKIP countermeasures case
The previously used WLAN_REASON_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE (14) value as a
response to Authentication frame or (Re)Association Request frame is not
correct since the resp value is encoded in the Status Code (not Reason
Code) field. Status Code 14 is WLAN_STATUS_UNKNOWN_AUTH_TRANSACTION
which is really what this value would have meant in the response frames.

There is no Michael MIC failure status code, so have to use the generic
"Unspecified failure" (1) reason code for these cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-03 19:59:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1cfcbd32ac DPP: Testing capability to generate invalid PKEX encrypted key (M and N)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-03 19:59:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d7e7b7122e DPP: Report PKEX failure reasons over control interface
This provides more information to upper layer software to report failure
reasons on the UI.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-03 19:59:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
61f9f27f80 DPP: Extend protocol testing to cover missing attributes in PKEX
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-02 23:53:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b3e4cc5cbb DPP: Move PKEX Commit-Reveal Response building to a helper function
This cleans up dpp_pkex_rx_commit_reveal_req() a bit and makes it easier
to add protocol testing functionality to PKEX exchange similarly to the
previously added DPP Authentication case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-02 21:34:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b0626c2a6b DPP: Move PKEX Commit-Reveal Request building to a helper function
This cleans up dpp_pkex_rx_exchange_resp() a bit and makes it easier to
add protocol testing functionality to PKEX exchange similarly to the
previously added DPP Authentication case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-02 21:34:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a5c3b41b2f DPP: Move PKEX Exchange Response building to a helper function
This cleans up dpp_pkex_rx_exchange_req() a bit and makes it easier to
add protocol testing functionality to PKEX exchange similarly to the
previously added DPP Authentication case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-02 21:34:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
60b9dd86fd DPP: Fix couple of typos in debug messages
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-02 21:34:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
06f2df0693 DPP: Fix hostapd control interface events for initiator case
Incorrect msg_ctx was registered for the wpa_msg() calls from the DPP
module.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-02 12:25:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
219d4c9fcb DPP: Report possible PKEX code mismatch in control interface
Indicate to upper layers if PKEX Commit-Reveal Request frame AES-SIV
decryption fails. That is a likely sign of the PKEX code mismatch
between the devices.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-02 12:25:35 +02:00
Lior David
0c3bc1be09 Fix test build breakage when not compiling with ieee80211w support
Build breakage was introduced by commit
d8afdb210e ('Allow EAPOL-Key messages 1/4
and 3/4 to be retransmitted for testing') for some
CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y builds without CONFIG_IEEE80211W=y.

Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-01 12:50:20 +02:00
bhagavathi perumal s
ea4ace9c76 hostapd: Add max_txpower into STATUS command
Signed-off-by: bhagavathi perumal s <bperumal@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-31 11:49:41 +02:00
bhagavathi perumal s
bf6c65afce hostapd: Add Beacon interval and DTIM period into STATUS command
Signed-off-by: bhagavathi perumal s <bperumal@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-31 11:45:29 +02:00
bhagavathi perumal s
c7ae2b3104 hostapd: Add HT/VHT capability info into STATUS command
Signed-off-by: bhagavathi perumal s <bperumal@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-31 11:41:38 +02:00
bhagavathi perumal s
1f91a8bdea hostapd: Add HT/VHT capability info into STA command
Signed-off-by: bhagavathi perumal s <bperumal@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-31 11:37:20 +02:00
bhagavathi perumal s
65f9db6bc2 hostapd: Add extended capabilities into STA command
Signed-off-by: bhagavathi perumal s <bperumal@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-31 00:31:31 +02:00
bhagavathi perumal s
d1f3a81446 hostapd: Add [HT] flag into STA command
Signed-off-by: bhagavathi perumal s <bperumal@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-31 00:28:46 +02:00
bhagavathi perumal s
ba72b4b126 hostapd: Add Min/Max Transmit Power Capability into STA command
This provides access to the Minimum/Maximum Transmit Power Capabilitie
fileds (the nominal minimum/maximum transmit power with which the STA
is capable of transmitting in the current channel; signed integer in
units of decibels relative to 1 mW).

Signed-off-by: bhagavathi perumal s <bperumal@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-31 00:22:58 +02:00
Ashok Kumar Ponnaiah
33c8bbd8ca OWE: Add AP mode handling of OWE with drivers that implement SME
Handle OWE DH exchange and key setup when processing the association
event from a driver that implements AP SME.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-30 23:24:42 +02:00
Ashok Kumar Ponnaiah
28d1264131 Check hostapd current_mode before dereferencing it in additional places
While most places using this should be for cases where the hw_features
functionality is required, there seem to be some paths that are getting
exposed in new OWE related operations where that might not be the case.
Add explicit NULL pointer checks to avoid dereferencing the pointer if
it is not set when operating with driver wrappers that do not provide
sufficient information.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-30 23:20:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
348c93847a AP-side workaround for WNM-Sleep Mode GTK/IGTK reinstallation issues
Normally, WNM-Sleep Mode exit with management frame protection
negotiated would result in the current GTK/IGTK getting added into the
WNM-Sleep Mode Response frame. Some station implementations may have a
vulnerability that results in GTK/IGTK reinstallation based on this
frame being replayed. Add a new hostapd configuration parameter that can
be used to disable that behavior and use EAPOL-Key frames for GTK/IGTK
update instead. This would likely be only used with
wpa_disable_eapol_key_retries=1 that enables a workaround for similar
issues with EAPOL-Key. This is related to station side vulnerabilities
CVE-2017-13087 and CVE-2017-13088. To enable this AP-side workaround,
set wnm_sleep_mode_no_keys=1.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-10-29 17:13:54 +02:00
Johannes Berg
3f5a1860a8 wpa_auth: Deplete group rekey eloop handler for strict rekeying
When strict group rekeying is in effect, every station that leaves will
cause a rekeying to happen 0.5 s after leaving. However, if a lot of
stations join/leave, the previous code could postpone this rekeying
forever, since it always re-registers the handling with a 0.5 s timeout.

Use eloop_deplete_timeout() to address that, only registering the
timeout from scratch if it wasn't pending.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-10-29 17:04:14 +02:00
Johannes Berg
92662fb281 Allow forcing group rekeying for testing purposes
In order to test the WoWLAN GTK rekeying KRACK mitigation, add a
REKEY_GTK hostapd control interface command that can be used at certain
points of the test.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-10-29 16:58:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d270920692 DPP: Negotiation channel change request from Initiator
Allow the Initiator to request a different channel to be used for DPP
Authentication and DPP Configuration exchanges. This commit adds support
for this in wpa_supplicant with the optional neg_freq=<freq in MHz>
parameter in DPP_AUTH_INIT.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-29 16:08:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e85b660129 DPP: Add DPP Status attribute into Peer Discovery Response
This was added in DPP tech spec v0.2.7 to allow result of network
introduction to be reported.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-29 12:16:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
19ef4289ca DPP: Process Authentication Confirm failure cases
Process Authentication Confirm with the two failure cases defined in the
spec: STATUS_NOT_COMPATIBLE and STATUS_AUTH_FAILURE. This verifies the
{R-nonce}k2 part and reports more detailed failure reason if the message
is valid.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-28 17:44:14 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7d917ab048 DPP: Send Authentication Confirm failure reports
If Authentication Response processing fails due to R-capab
incompatibility or R-auth mismatch, send Authentication Confirm with
error status.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-28 17:44:14 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
978bc3f2af DPP: Auth Resp/Conf incorrect attribute values for protocol testing
This extends the dpp_test mechanism to allow I-nonce, R-capab, R-auth,
and I-auth values in Authentication Response/Confirm to use incorrect
values.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-28 17:44:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9b51112031 DPP: Allow Responder to decide not to use mutual authentication
Previously, Initiator decided whether to use mutual authentication on
its own based on having own and peer bootstrapping info. This prevented
Responder from selecting not to use mutual authentication in such a
case. Fix this by allowed Initiator to fall back to non-mutual
authentication based on Responder choice if the bootstrapping mechanism
allows this (PKEX does not; it mandates use of mutual authentication).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-27 16:09:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
dcdaeab79c DPP: Report Auth Conf failures in control interface
This is useful for protocol testing purposes and UI needs to display
more detailed information about DPP exchanges.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-27 16:09:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f9c7d77029 DPP: Omission of Auth Conf attributes for protocol testing
This extends the dpp_test mechanism to allow each of the required
attributes in Authentication Confirm to be omitted.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-27 16:09:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
26806abe85 DPP: Report invalid messages and failure conditions in control interface
This is useful for protocol testing purposes and UI needs to display
more detailed information about DPP exchanges.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-22 22:45:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ce9acce006 DPP: Omission of Auth Resp attributes for protocol testing
This extends the dpp_test mechanism to allow each of the required
attributes in Authentication Response to be omitted.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-22 22:38:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a03406dbe2 DPP: Move Authentication Response building into a separate function
This cleans up old dpp_auth_build_resp() (now dpp_auth_build_resp_ok())
a bit by separating initialization steps for a DPP authentication
session from the code needed to build the frame. This allows
dpp_auth_build_resp_status() to share the helper function instead of
having to maintain a duplicated message construction implementation. In
addition, this makes it easier to remove some of the attributes for
protocol testing purposes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-22 19:05:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0e7cb8c6c1 DPP: Omission of Auth Req attributes for protocol testing
This extends the dpp_test mechanism to allow each of the required
attributes in Authentication Request to be omitted.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-22 18:27:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
606a8e8d57 DPP: Move Authentication Request building into a separate function
This cleans up dpp_auth_init() a bit by separating initialization steps
for a DPP authentication session from the code needed to build the
frame. In addition, this makes it easier to remove some of the
attributes for protocol testing purposes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-22 18:25:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3749ad0e1d DPP: Explicitly check and reject 0x00 and 0x03 I/R-capab role
0x00 and 0x03 are not valid I/R-capabilities role values.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-22 17:21:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
af48810ba3 DPP: Report transmitted messages as control interface events
This is helpful for testing purposes and also for upper layer components
that may want to show more detailed progress through a DPP exchange.
Both the DPP-TX and DPP-TX-STATUS events are provided.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-22 17:21:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a707393494 DPP: Report received messages as control interface events
This is helpful for testing purposes and also for upper layer components
that may want to show more detailed progress through a DPP exchange.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-22 17:21:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
27fefbbb76 DPP: Remove unnecessary Wrapped Data checks from callers
Now that dpp_check_attrs() takes care of verifying that no attributes
are after the Wrapped Data attribute, the duplicated checks in hostapd
and wpa_supplicant side of the implementation can be removed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-22 17:21:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0c881807b5 DPP: Verify that Wrapped Data attribute is the last one in the message
Do not allow any additional attributes to be included after the Wrapped
Data attribute.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-22 17:21:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
60239f60a6 DPP: Protocol testing framework
Add a generic mechanism for configuring the DPP implementation to behave
in particular different (mostly incorrect) ways for protocol testing
purposes. The new dpp_test parameter can be set to a non-zero integer to
indicate a specific behavior. This is only available in
CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y builds.

This commit include cases for an extra attribute being added after the
Wrapped Data attribute and Initiator/Responder capabilities having an
unexpected zero capability.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-22 17:21:57 +03:00
Michael Baird
5f7c9e50f5 EAP server: Add event messages for more EAP states
While using an external RADIUS server SUCCESS messages were not being
sent (internal was fine). Also add event messages for other states that
others might find useful, and consistency between the two.

Signed-off-by: Michael Baird <Michael.Baird@ecs.vuw.ac.nz>
2017-10-21 20:28:46 +03:00
andrekorol
a68e0d869f Fix a typo in a comment (the variable is ptk, not pkt)
Signed-off-by: Andre Rossi Korol <anrobits@yahoo.com.br>
2017-10-21 12:02:54 +03:00
Ben Greear
74e55b6585 Fix test build breakage when not compiling with mesh support
Build breakage was introduced by commit
16579769ff ('Add testing functionality for
resetting PN/IPN for configured keys') for some CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y
builds.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2017-10-21 10:59:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3d0fb95583 WNM: Ignore BSS Transition Management frames in bss_transition=0 case
The hostapd bss_transition parameter was previously used to control
advertisement of BSS Transition Management support, but it was not used
when processing BSS Transition Management Query/Response frames. Add an
explicit check during frame processing as well so that any misbehaving
station is ignored. In addition to bss_transition=1, allow mbo=1 to be
used to mark the functionality enabled.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-20 20:32:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
114f2830d2 WNM: Ignore WNM-Sleep Mode Request in wnm_sleep_mode=0 case
The hostapd wnm_sleep_mode parameter was previously used to control
advertisement of WNM-Sleep Mode support, but it was not used when
processing a request to use WNM-Sleep Mode. Add an explicit check during
request processing as well so that any misbehaving station is ignored.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-20 17:39:42 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3d6953288b Extend RESEND_* test commands to allow forcing plaintext TX
This allows hostapd testing functionality to be forced to send out a
plaintext EAPOL-Key frame with the RESEND_* command. That can be useful
in seeing how the station behaves if an unencrypted EAPOL frame is
received when TK is already configured.

This is not really perfect since there is no convenient way of sending
out a single unencrypted frame in the current nl80211 design. The
monitor interface could likely still do this, but that's not really
supposed to be used anymore. For now, clear and restore TK during this
operation. The restore part is not really working correctly, though,
since it ends up clearing the TSC value on the AP side and that shows up
as replay protection issues on the station. Anyway, this is sufficient
to generate sniffer captures to analyze station behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-19 18:32:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4be5bc98a8 DPP: Update AES-SIV AD for PKEX frames
The protocol design was updated to protect the six octets in the header
before the attributes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-19 18:32:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
dc4d271c6d DPP: Update AES-SIV AD for DPP Authentication frames
The protocol design was updated to protect the six octets in the header
before the attributes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-18 22:51:30 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
084131c850 FILS: Allow eap_peer_get_erp_info() to be called without config
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-18 01:19:40 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
693eafb150 nl80211: Update FILS roam info from vendor roam event
Add support to update PMK, PMKID, and ERP next sequence number
from FILS roamed info.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-17 16:26:44 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
3c67e977de nl80211: Add support to send updated connection parameters
After an initial connection certain connection parameters may be
updated. It may be necessary to send these parameters to drivers since
these will be used in driver-initiated roaming cases. This commit
defines the driver_ops call for this and implements the needed
functionality for the nl80211 driver interface.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-17 16:04:51 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
cddfda7892 Add attributes to support roam+auth vendor event for FILS
Add additional attributes to specify the PMK, PMKID, and the ERP next
sequence number to the vendor subcommand
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_KEY_MGMT_ROAM_AUTH. These are needed in case
of an offloaded FILS roaming.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-17 15:55:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c0fe5f125a Clear BSSID information in supplicant state machine on disconnection
This fixes a corner case where RSN pre-authentication candidate from
scan results was ignored if the station was associated with that BSS
just before running the new scan for the connection.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-10-17 01:15:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
006fb845b8 nl80211: Use NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME if available
This allows a more accurate scan result age to be fetched than the one
available through NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-10-17 00:07:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a6ea665300 Additional consistentcy checks for PTK component lengths
Verify that TK, KCK, and KEK lengths are set to consistent values within
struct wpa_ptk before using them in supplicant. This is an additional
layer of protection against unexpected states.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-10-17 00:07:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6f234c1e2e Optional AP side workaround for key reinstallation attacks
This adds a new hostapd configuration parameter
wpa_disable_eapol_key_retries=1 that can be used to disable
retransmission of EAPOL-Key frames that are used to install
keys (EAPOL-Key message 3/4 and group message 1/2). This is
similar to setting wpa_group_update_count=1 and
wpa_pairwise_update_count=1, but with no impact to message 1/4
retries and with extended timeout for messages 4/4 and group
message 2/2 to avoid causing issues with stations that may use
aggressive power saving have very long time in replying to the
EAPOL-Key messages.

This option can be used to work around key reinstallation attacks
on the station (supplicant) side in cases those station devices
cannot be updated for some reason. By removing the
retransmissions the attacker cannot cause key reinstallation with
a delayed frame transmission. This is related to the station side
vulnerabilities CVE-2017-13077, CVE-2017-13078, CVE-2017-13079,
CVE-2017-13080, and CVE-2017-13081.

This workaround might cause interoperability issues and reduced
robustness of key negotiation especially in environments with
heavy traffic load due to the number of attempts to perform the
key exchange is reduced significantly. As such, this workaround
is disabled by default (unless overridden in build
configuration). To enable this, set the parameter to 1.

It is also possible to enable this in the build by default by
adding the following to the build configuration:

CFLAGS += -DDEFAULT_WPA_DISABLE_EAPOL_KEY_RETRIES=1

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-10-17 00:06:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bb06748f45 Make last received ANonce available through control interface
This makes it easier to debug 4-way handshake implementation issues
without having to use a sniffer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-10-16 17:47:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d8afdb210e Allow EAPOL-Key messages 1/4 and 3/4 to be retransmitted for testing
The new hostapd control interface commands "RESEND_M1 <addr>" and
"RESEND_M3 <addr>" can be used to request a retransmission of the 4-Way
Handshake messages 1/4 and 3/4 witht he same or modified ANonce (in M1).

This functionality is for testing purposes and included only in builds
with CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-10-16 17:47:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6bc2f00f44 Allow group key handshake message 1/2 to be retransmitted for testing
The new hostapd control interface command "RESEND_GROUP_M1 <addr>" can
be used to request a retransmission of the Group Key Handshake message
1/2 for the current GTK.

This functionality is for testing purposes and included only in builds
with CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-10-16 17:47:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
16579769ff Add testing functionality for resetting PN/IPN for configured keys
This can be used to test replay protection. The "RESET_PN" command in
wpa_supplicant and "RESET_PN <addr>" command in hostapd resets the local
counters to zero for the last configured key. For hostapd, the address
parameter specifies which STA this operation is for or selects GTK
("ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff") or IGTK ("ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff IGTK").

This functionality is for testing purposes and included only in builds
with CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-10-16 17:43:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b488a12948 Clear PMK length and check for this when deriving PTK
Instead of setting the default PMK length for the cleared PMK, set the
length to 0 and explicitly check for this when deriving PTK to avoid
unexpected key derivation with an all-zeroes key should it be possible
to somehow trigger PTK derivation to happen before PMK derivation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-10-16 02:03:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
00583ef111 Add debug prints on PMK configuration in WPA supplicant
This makes it easier to understand the cases where PMK gets configured
based on information from upper layer call (e.g., a PSK).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-10-16 02:03:47 +03:00
Mathy Vanhoef
a00e946c1c WPA: Extra defense against PTK reinstalls in 4-way handshake
Currently, reinstallations of the PTK are prevented by (1) assuring the
same TPTK is only set once as the PTK, and (2) that one particular PTK
is only installed once. This patch makes it more explicit that point (1)
is required to prevent key reinstallations. At the same time, this patch
hardens wpa_supplicant such that future changes do not accidentally
break this property.

Signed-off-by: Mathy Vanhoef <Mathy.Vanhoef@cs.kuleuven.be>
2017-10-16 02:03:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a0bf1b68c0 Remove all PeerKey functionality
This was originally added to allow the IEEE 802.11 protocol to be
tested, but there are no known fully functional implementations based on
this nor any known deployments of PeerKey functionality. Furthermore,
PeerKey design in the IEEE Std 802.11-2016 standard has already been
marked as obsolete for DLS and it is being considered for complete
removal in REVmd.

This implementation did not really work, so it could not have been used
in practice. For example, key configuration was using incorrect
algorithm values (WPA_CIPHER_* instead of WPA_ALG_*) which resulted in
mapping to an invalid WPA_ALG_* value for the actual driver operation.
As such, the derived key could not have been successfully set for the
link.

Since there are bugs in this implementation and there does not seem to
be any future for the PeerKey design with DLS (TDLS being the future for
DLS), the best approach is to simply delete all this code to simplify
the EAPOL-Key handling design and to get rid of any potential issues if
these code paths were accidentially reachable.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-10-16 02:03:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e760851176 FILS: Do not allow multiple (Re)Association Response frames
The driver is expected to not report a second association event without
the station having explicitly request a new association. As such, this
case should not be reachable. However, since reconfiguring the same
pairwise or group keys to the driver could result in nonce reuse issues,
be extra careful here and do an additional state check to avoid this
even if the local driver ends up somehow accepting an unexpected
(Re)Association Response frame.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-10-16 02:03:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2f1357fb62 FILS: Accept another (Re)Association Request frame during an association
The previous implementation ended up starting a new EAPOL-Key 4-way
handshake if the STA were to attempt to perform another association.
This resulted in immediate disconnection since the PTK was not ready for
configuring FILS TK at the point when EAPOL-Key msg 1/4 is sent out.
This is better than alloing the association to continue with the same TK
reconfigured, but not really ideal.

Address this potential sequence by not starting a new 4-way handshake on
the additional association attempt. Instead, allow the association to
complete, but do so without reconfiguring the TK to avoid potential
issues with PN reuse with the same TK.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-10-16 02:03:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
df94906201 Add MGMT_TX_STATUS_PROCESS command for testing purposes
This allows ext_mgmt_frame_handling=1 cases with hostapd to process TX
status events based on external processing. This is useful for increased
test coverage of management frame processing.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-10-16 02:03:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2a9c5217b1 FT: Do not allow multiple Reassociation Response frames
The driver is expected to not report a second association event without
the station having explicitly request a new association. As such, this
case should not be reachable. However, since reconfiguring the same
pairwise or group keys to the driver could result in nonce reuse issues,
be extra careful here and do an additional state check to avoid this
even if the local driver ends up somehow accepting an unexpected
Reassociation Response frame.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-10-16 02:03:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ff89af96e5 TDLS: Reject TPK-TK reconfiguration
Do not try to reconfigure the same TPK-TK to the driver after it has
been successfully configured. This is an explicit check to avoid issues
related to resetting the TX/RX packet number. There was already a check
for this for TPK M2 (retries of that message are ignored completely), so
that behavior does not get modified.

For TPK M3, the TPK-TK could have been reconfigured, but that was
followed by immediate teardown of the link due to an issue in updating
the STA entry. Furthermore, for TDLS with any real security (i.e.,
ignoring open/WEP), the TPK message exchange is protected on the AP path
and simple replay attacks are not feasible.

As an additional corner case, make sure the local nonce gets updated if
the peer uses a very unlikely "random nonce" of all zeros.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-10-16 02:03:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0adc9b28b3 Fix PTK rekeying to generate a new ANonce
The Authenticator state machine path for PTK rekeying ended up bypassing
the AUTHENTICATION2 state where a new ANonce is generated when going
directly to the PTKSTART state since there is no need to try to
determine the PMK again in such a case. This is far from ideal since the
new PTK would depend on a new nonce only from the supplicant.

Fix this by generating a new ANonce when moving to the PTKSTART state
for the purpose of starting new 4-way handshake to rekey PTK.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-10-16 02:03:47 +03:00
Mathy Vanhoef
53bb18cc8b Prevent installation of an all-zero TK
Properly track whether a PTK has already been installed to the driver
and the TK part cleared from memory. This prevents an attacker from
trying to trick the client into installing an all-zero TK.

This fixes the earlier fix in commit
ad00d64e7d ('Fix TK configuration to the
driver in EAPOL-Key 3/4 retry case') which did not take into account
possibility of an extra message 1/4 showing up between retries of
message 3/4.

Signed-off-by: Mathy Vanhoef <Mathy.Vanhoef@cs.kuleuven.be>
2017-10-16 02:03:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
87e2db16ba Extend protection of GTK/IGTK reinstallation of WNM-Sleep Mode cases
This extends the protection to track last configured GTK/IGTK value
separately from EAPOL-Key frames and WNM-Sleep Mode frames to cover a
corner case where these two different mechanisms may get used when the
GTK/IGTK has changed and tracking a single value is not sufficient to
detect a possible key reconfiguration.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-10-16 02:03:47 +03:00
Mathy Vanhoef
cb5132bb35 Prevent reinstallation of an already in-use group key
Track the current GTK and IGTK that is in use and when receiving a
(possibly retransmitted) Group Message 1 or WNM-Sleep Mode Response, do
not install the given key if it is already in use. This prevents an
attacker from trying to trick the client into resetting or lowering the
sequence counter associated to the group key.

Signed-off-by: Mathy Vanhoef <Mathy.Vanhoef@cs.kuleuven.be>
2017-10-16 02:03:47 +03:00
Mathy Vanhoef
0e3bd7ac68 hostapd: Avoid key reinstallation in FT handshake
Do not reinstall TK to the driver during Reassociation Response frame
processing if the first attempt of setting the TK succeeded. This avoids
issues related to clearing the TX/RX PN that could result in reusing
same PN values for transmitted frames (e.g., due to CCM nonce reuse and
also hitting replay protection on the receiver) and accepting replayed
frames on RX side.

This issue was introduced by the commit
0e84c25434 ('FT: Fix PTK configuration in
authenticator') which allowed wpa_ft_install_ptk() to be called multiple
times with the same PTK. While the second configuration attempt is
needed with some drivers, it must be done only if the first attempt
failed.

Signed-off-by: Mathy Vanhoef <Mathy.Vanhoef@cs.kuleuven.be>
2017-10-16 02:03:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c53eb94616 OWE: Remove forgotten developer debug prints
These were used during initial implementation testing and were not
supposed to get committed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-11 23:43:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2377c1caef SAE: Allow SAE password to be configured separately (AP)
The new sae_password hostapd configuration parameter can now be used to
set the SAE password instead of the previously used wpa_passphrase
parameter. This allows shorter than 8 characters and longer than 63
characters long passwords to be used. In addition, this makes it
possible to configure a BSS with both WPA-PSK and SAE enabled to use
different passphrase/password based on which AKM is selected.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-11 23:10:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
58efbcbcd4 DPP: Fix static analyzer warnings in key generation and JWK construction
Memory allocation failures could have resulted in error paths that
dereference a NULL pointer or double-freeing memory. Fix this by
explicitly clearing the freed pointer and checking allocation results.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-11 18:19:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
91cc34bf32 OWE: Allow set of enabled DH groups to be limited on AP
The new hostapd configuration parameter owe_groups can be used to
specify a subset of the allowed DH groups as a space separated list of
group identifiers.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-10 21:03:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
265bda3444 OWE: Allow DH Parameters element to be overridden for testing purposes
This allows CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y builds of wpa_supplicant to
override the OWE DH Parameters element in (Re)Association Request frames
with arbitrary data specified with the "VENDOR_ELEM_ADD 13 <IE>"
command. This is only for testing purposes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-10 18:26:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8c19ea3f21 DPP: Add the crypto suite field to the frames
This additional field was added to DPP Public Action frames in DPP tech
spec v0.2.3 to support cryptographic agility in the future.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-10 01:30:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c77e2ff096 DPP: Remove C-sign-key expiry
This was removed in DPP tech spec v0.2.3.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-10 01:17:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6254045a51 DPP: Explicitly delete the PKEX secret element K upon generation of z
This was added as an explicit requirement in DPP tech spec 0.2.3.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-10 00:56:21 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0e6709a4ea DPP: Rename PKEX secret element from Z to K
This matches the change in the DPP tech spec to make this less likely to
be confused with the shared secret z.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-10 00:52:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6573171792 DPP: Verify that PKEX Qi is not the point-at-infinity
This was added as an explicit requirement in DPP tech spec v0.2.3.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-10 00:42:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a891388184 OWE: Transition mode information based on BSS ifname
The owe_transition_bssid and owe_transition_ssid parameters can now be
replace with owe_transition_ifname to clone the BSSID/SSID information
automatically in case the same hostapd process manages both the OWE and
open BSS for transition mode.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-09 13:39:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5a78c36194 OWE: PMKSA caching in station mode
This extends OWE support in wpa_supplicant to allow PMKSA caching to be
used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-09 12:12:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d90f10fa41 OWE: PMKSA caching in AP mode
This extends OWE support in hostapd to allow PMKSA caching to be used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-09 12:12:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8b5579e17a DPP: Fix EAPOL-Key Key MIC calculation
The Key MIC field value got truncated for all cases and incorrect HMAC
hash algorithm was used for the SHA512 cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-08 17:12:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ec9f483774 OWE: Support DH groups 20 (NIST P-384) and 21 (NIST P-521) in station
This extends OWE support in wpa_supplicant to allow DH groups 20 and 21
to be used in addition to the mandatory group 19 (NIST P-256). The group
is configured using the new network profile parameter owe_group.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-08 17:12:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7a12edd163 OWE: Support DH groups 20 (NIST P-384) and 21 (NIST P-521) in AP mode
This extends OWE support in hostapd to allow DH groups 20 and 21 to be
used in addition to the mandatory group 19 (NIST P-256).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-08 17:12:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6c4726189c OWE: Extend shared helper functions to support other DH curves
This extends the helper functions for determining OWE key lengths and
Key MIC values to support other DH curves beyond the mandatory group 19.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-08 17:12:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d8c8d85753 OWE: Include RSNE in (Re)Association Response frame
This is not normally done in RSN, but RFC 8110 seems to imply that AP
has to include OWE AKM in the RSNE within these frames. So, add the RSNE
to (Re)Association Response frames when OWE is being negotiated.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-08 17:12:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
675112df1b OWE: Set PMK length properly on supplicant side
sm->pmk_len was not set when deriving the PMK as part of OWE key
generation. This depending on wpa_sm_set_pmk_from_pmksa() call resetting
the value to the default. While this worked for many cases, this is not
correct and can have issues with network profile selection based on
association information. For example, the OWE transition mode cases
would hit an issue here.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-08 17:12:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ea079153f4 OWE: Add AP support for transition mode
The new owe_transition_bssid and owe_transition_ssid parameters can be
used to configure hostapd to advertise the OWE Transition Mode element.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-08 17:12:35 +03:00
Peng Xu
4a37463416 hostapd: Update HE capabilities and HE operation definition
Replace vendor-specific elements for HE capabilities and HE operation
elements with the P802.11ax defined element values. This version is
based on P802.11ax/D1.4.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-05 15:09:43 +03:00
bhagavathi perumal s
3567641ebb Add TX/RX rate info and signal strength into STA output
These allow external programs to fetch the TX and RX rate information
and signal strength for a specific STA through the hostapd control
interface command "STA <addr>". The values of these attributes are
filled in the response of nl80211 command NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION.

Signed-off-by: bhagavathi perumal s <bperumal@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-05 12:12:24 +03:00
Lior David
fa4b605a0d WPS: Do not increment wildcard_uuid when pin is locked
Commit 84751b98c1 ('WPS: Allow wildcard
UUID PIN to be used twice') relaxed the constraints on how many time a
wildcard PIN can be used to allow two attempts. However, it did this in
a way that could result in concurrent attempts resulting in the wildcard
PIN being invalidated even without the second attempt actually going as
far as trying to use the PIN and a WPS protocol run.

wildcard_uuid is a flag/counter set for wildcard PINs and it is
incremented whenever the PIN is retrieved by wps_registrar_get_pin().
Eventually it causes the wildcard PIN to be released, effectively
limiting the number of registration attempts with a wildcard PIN.

With the previous implementation, when the PIN is in use and locked
(PIN_LOCKED), it is not returned from wps_registrar_get_pin() but
wildcard_uuid is still incremented which can cause the PIN to be
released earlier and stations will have fewer registration attempts with
it. Fix this scenario by only incrementing wildcard_uuid if the PIN is
actually going to be returned and used.

Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-03 19:19:01 +03:00
Krishna Rao
ee522d27cf Vendor flags for 11ax channel property flags for use with external ACS
Add 802.11ax channel property flags for use with external ACS (QCA
vendor command). Use the remaining available bits in
qca_wlan_vendor_channel_prop_flags for the first few 11ax flags. Then
add qca_wlan_vendor_channel_prop_flags_2 as a continuation of
qca_wlan_vendor_channel_prop_flags and add the remaining 11ax flags
there. Note that qca_wlan_vendor_channel_prop_flags_ext is not used
since it is currently not intended for holding such information. Rather
it is meant for holding additional control information related to
features such as DFS, CSA, etc.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-26 18:00:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
61a56c1480 Add group_mgmt network parameter for PMF cipher selection
The new wpa_supplicant network parameter group_mgmt can be used to
specify which group management ciphers (AES-128-CMAC, BIP-GMAC-128,
BIP-GMAC-256, BIP-CMAC-256) are allowed for the network. If not
specified, the current behavior is maintained (i.e., follow what the AP
advertises). The parameter can list multiple space separate ciphers.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-26 17:40:02 +03:00
Michael Braun
0ad5893a2f PAE: Validate input before pointer
ieee802_1x_kay_decode_mkpdu() calls ieee802_1x_mka_i_in_peerlist()
before body_len has been checked on all segments.

ieee802_1x_kay_decode_mkpdu() and ieee802_1x_mka_i_in_peerlist() might
continue and thus underflow left_len even if it finds left_len to small
(or before checking).

Additionally, ieee802_1x_mka_dump_peer_body() might perform out of bound
reads in this case.

Fix this by checking left_len and aborting if too small early.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2017-09-25 21:26:32 +03:00
Ilan Peer
fd35ed5bba AP: Remove unneeded check for 'added_unassociated'
In fils_hlp_finish_assoc() the station is already added to the
driver so it is not needed to check the 'added_unassociated'
flag.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2017-09-25 21:21:22 +03:00
Vamsi Krishna
d55b174609 FILS: Vendor attribute to disable driver FILS features
The FILS features on STA needs to be disabled for testing purposes to
verify the APUT behavior with non-FILS STAs. Add a QCA vendor attribute
for doing so.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-25 20:22:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
29c940e7a6 TDLS: Update the comments related to TPK derivation
Update these comments based on IEEE Std 802.11-2016 to get rid of the
already resolved TODO comment regarding duplicated N_KEY use. The
implementation does not need any changes since it was already following
the fixed version in the current standard.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-22 10:23:35 +03:00
Peng Xu
3de1566db8 FILS: Check req_ies for NULL pointer in hostapd_notif_assoc()
Add checking for NULL req_ies when FILS processing a driver ASSOC event
in hostapd_notif_assoc(). This was already done in number of old code
paths, but the newer FILS path did not handle this. Though, it is
unlikely that this code path would be reachable in practice since this
is all within sta->auth_alg == WLAN_AUTH_FILS_* check.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-19 15:28:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1c9663cf6b OpenSSL: Force RSA 3072-bit DH prime size limit for Suite B
Reject a DHE handshake if the server uses a DH prime that does not have
sufficient length to meet the Suite B 192-bit level requirement (<= 3k
(3072) bits).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-18 12:12:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2ed70c7586 OpenSSL: Add option to disable ECDHE with Suite B RSA
The hostapd.conf tls_flags=[SUITEB-NO-ECDH] and wpa_supplicant network
profile phase1="tls_suiteb_no_ecdh=1" can now be used to configure Suite
B RSA constraints with ECDHE disabled. This is mainly to allow
the DHE TLS cipher suite to be tested.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-18 12:12:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4eb8cfe06b OpenSSL: Force RSA 3072-bit key size limit for Suite B
Reject a peer certificate chain if it includes an RSA public key that
does not use sufficient key length to meet the Suite B 192-bit level
requirement (<= 3k (3072) bits).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-18 12:12:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6418400db9 Add hostapd tls_flags parameter
This can be used to set the TLS flags for authentication server.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-18 12:12:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
60ed2f24eb Suite B: Add tls_suiteb=1 parameter for RSA 3k key case
This adds phase1 parameter tls_suiteb=1 into wpa_supplicant
configuration to allow TLS library (only OpenSSL supported for now) to
use Suite B 192-bit level rules with RSA when using >= 3k (3072) keys.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-17 00:09:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5030d7d9fd DPP: Allow raw hex PSK to be used for legacy configuration
The new psk=<hexdump> can be used as an alternative to pass=<passphrase>
when configuring the DPP Configurator with a legacy network parameters.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-15 17:54:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
039ab15fdf DPP: Add DPP-CONFOBJ-PASS/PSK events for hostapd legacy configuration
These control interface event messages can be used to allow hostapd AP
to be configured for legacy WPA2-Personal configuration with DPP.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-15 17:45:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9824de57a4 Fix EAPOL-Key version check for a corner case with Suite B AKM
While the Suite B AKM is not really going to be used with CCMP-128 or
GCMP-128 cipher, this corner case could be fixed if it is useful for
some testing purposes. Allow that special case to skip the HMAC-SHA1
check based on CCMP/GCMP cipher and use the following AKM-defined check
instead.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-15 00:36:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4cada9dcc1 FILS: Add DHss into FILS-Key-Data derivation when using FILS SK+PFS
This part is missing from IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, but the lack of DHss
here means there would not be proper PFS for the case where PMKSA
caching is used with FILS SK+PFS authentication. This was not really the
intent of the FILS design and that issue was fixed during REVmd work
with the changes proposed in
https://mentor.ieee.org/802.11/dcn/17/11-17-0906-04-000m-fils-fixes.docx
that add DHss into FILS-Key-Data (and PTK, in practice) derivation for
the PMKSA caching case so that a unique ICK, KEK, and TK are derived
even when using the same PMK.

Note: This is not backwards compatible, i.e., this breaks PMKSA caching
with FILS SK+PFS if only STA or AP side implementation is updated.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-13 22:17:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
41b8191485 FILS: Update PMKID derivation rules for ERP key hierarchy establishment
IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016 had missed a change in the Pairwise key hierarchy
clause (12.7.1.3 in IEEE Std 802.11-2016) and due to that, the previous
implementation ended up using HMAC-SHA-1 -based PMKID derivation. This
was not really the intent of the FILS design and that issue was fixed
during REVmd work with the changes proposed in
https://mentor.ieee.org/802.11/dcn/17/11-17-0906-04-000m-fils-fixes.docx
that change FILS cases to use HMAC-SHA-256 and HMAC-SHA-384 based on the
negotiated AKM.

Update the implementation to match the new design. This changes the
rsn_pmkid() function to take in the more generic AKMP identifier instead
of a boolean identifying whether SHA256 is used.

Note: This is not backwards compatible, i.e., this breaks PMKSA caching
based on the initial ERP key hierarchy setup if only STA or AP side
implementation is updated. PMKSA caching based on FILS authentication
exchange is not impacted by this, though.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-13 22:17:58 +03:00
Michael Braun
73b3de01ce macsec_linux: Exit early when missing macsec kernel module
Using driver macsec_linux makes no sense without macsec kernel module
loaded.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2017-09-10 22:26:36 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
7612e65b9b mka: Add error handling for secy_init_macsec() calls
secy_init_macsec() can fail (if ->macsec_init fails), and
ieee802_1x_kay_init() should handle this and not let MKA run any
further, because nothing is going to work anyway.

On failure, ieee802_1x_kay_init() must deinit its kay, which will free
kay->ctx, so ieee802_1x_kay_init callers (only ieee802_1x_alloc_kay_sm)
must not do it. Before this patch there is a double-free of the ctx
argument when ieee802_1x_kay_deinit() was called.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2017-09-10 22:23:25 +03:00
Rohit Pratap Singh
fdbfb63e45 nl80211: Fix bridge name print while removing interface from bridge
Removing interface from bridge in_br
linux_br_del_if(drv->global->ioctl_sock, in_br, ifname)
but in case of failure, the error print is incorrect:
it should show error for "in_br" instead of the wrong bridge name
"brname".

Signed-off-by: Rohit Pratap Singh <rohit.s@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Amit Khatri <amit.khatri@samsung.com>
2017-09-10 22:11:08 +03:00
Michael Braun
333517ac1c crypto: Fix undefined behavior in random number generator
ubsan reported:

../src/crypto/random.c:69:30: runtime error: shift exponent 32 is too large for 32-bit type 'unsigned int'

Explicitly check for the ROL32(x, 0) case which is supposed to be a
no-op.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2017-09-10 21:50:21 +03:00
Akihiro Onodera
84fccc7242 Send Client-Error when AT_KDF attributes from the server are incorrect
After KDF negotiation, must check only requested change occurred in the
list of AT_KDF attributes. If there are any other changes, the peer must
behave like the case that AT_MAC had been incorrect and authentication
is failed. These are defined in EAP-AKA' specification RFC 5448, Section
3.2.

Add a complete check of AT_KDF attributes and send Client-Error if a
change which is not requested is included in it.

Signed-off-by: Tomoharu Hatano <tomoharu.hatano@sony.com>
2017-09-10 20:11:07 +03:00
Akihiro Onodera
446600c354 Add AT_KDF attributes to Synchronization-Failure in EAP-AKA'
AT_KDF attributes need to be included in Synchronization-Failure
according to EAP-AKA' specification RFC 5448.

Signed-off-by: Tomoharu Hatano <tomoharu.hatano@sony.com>
2017-09-10 01:39:37 +03:00
Andrew Elble
155bf11088 PMKSA: Fix use-after-free in pmksa_cache_clone_entry()
pmksa_cache_add_entry() may actually free old_entry if the PMKSA cache
is full. This can result in the PMKSA cache containing entries with
corrupt expiration times.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Elble <aweits@rit.edu>
2017-09-10 01:39:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
49e6a55537 FILS: Add a space before MAC address to a HLP debug message
The "FILS: No pending HLP DHCP exchange with hw_addr" debug message was
missing a space before the following MAC address, so add that there to
make the message more readable.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-07 13:33:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
359166ed24 Remove the completely unused FT parameters in driver association data
It looks like these parameters related to FT have never been used, so
remove them from causing confusion. The separate update_ft_ies()
callback is used to provide the FT elements.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-06 21:20:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3db2a82df8 Add SHA-384 routines to libcrypto.a
wlantest needs this for being able to decrypt FILS (Re)Association
Request/Response frames.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-05 18:58:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3648d8a185 SAE: Allow commit fields to be overridden for testing purposes
The new sae_commit_override=<hexdump> parameter can be used to force
hostapd to override SAE commit message fields for testing purposes. This
is included only in CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y builds.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-04 13:32:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e75335384a SAE: Add testing code for reflection attack
Allow hostapd to be configured to perform SAE reflection attack for SAE
testing purposes with sae_reflection_attack=1 configuration parameter.
This is included only in CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y builds.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-04 13:32:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e61fea6b46 SAE: Fix PMKSA caching behavior in AP mode
Add PMKID into EAPOL-Key 1/4 when using SAE and fix the PMK-from-PMKSA
selection in some cases where PSK (from passphrase) could have been
used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-04 13:32:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c2d4f2eb5d DPP: Derive PMKID using SHA256() for all curves
This was previously defined inconsistently (H() vs. SHA256()), but it is
now clarified in the draft tech spec to use SHA256(), so update
implementation to do that.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-08-24 23:59:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
64a0a75b5b nl80211: Fix auth_alg selection with FILS in the connect command
NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE needs to be skipped if multiple auth_alg options
are included. The previous list missed the new FILS auth_alg here and
ended up not doing so if OPEN and FILS were included.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-08-24 23:30:20 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7475e80f14 FILS: Fix wpa_supplicant AP build without CONFIG_IEEE80211W
CONFIG_FILS was missed as one of items requiring the p pointer in
hostapd_notif_assoc().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-08-24 17:33:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
85fd8263a5 DPP: Use Transaction ID in Peer Discovery Request/Response frames
DPP tech spec changed the contents of these frames by replacing the
public key hash attributes with a Transaction ID attribute that gets
copied from the request to the response to identify the transaction in a
simpler manner.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-08-23 12:51:41 +03:00
Hu Wang
a28675da23 hs20-osu-client: Fix build with new OpenSSL and BoringSSL
Use the SSL_get_SSL_CTX() helper instead of dereferencing SSL* since
struct ssl_st is not exposed in public header files anymore.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-08-23 11:40:10 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
cf39475b40 Introduce QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_HANG
This is an event indicating to the user space that the driver has
detected an internal failure. The driver is expected to recover from
such a failure automatically, e.g., by resetting the device. This event
carries the information indicating the reason that triggered this
detection.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-08-23 11:32:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
17385fba2a tests: JSON module tests for additional array parsing
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-08-23 00:29:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d4488b9dad JSON: Fix parsing of arrays of numbers, strings, literals
The previous implementation was able to parse arrays of objects, but not
arrays of other types of items.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-08-23 00:28:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a4bf007877 DPP: Remove devices object from the connector
This was removed from the draft DPP tech spec, so remove it from the
implementation as well.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-08-22 23:46:27 +03:00
Sachin Ahuja
e77d13ef95 QCA vendor attribute to configure beacon miss penalize count for BTC
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-08-18 21:10:53 +03:00
Sachin Ahuja
7bd88aaf37 QCA vendor attribute to configure beacon miss count
This can be used to dynamically enable/disable beacon miss count.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-08-18 21:10:53 +03:00
Sandeep Puligilla
505554bbf7 QCA vendor attribute to enable/disable scan
This commit introduces QCA vendor attribute to
disable/enable scan.

Signed-off-by: Sandeep Puligilla <spuligil@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-08-18 21:10:53 +03:00
Sven Eckelmann
b0fc2ef3a3 hw_features: Fix check of supported 802.11ac channel width
The two channel width bits in the VHT capability field can be decoded in
following values (IEEE Std 802.11ac-2013 8.4.2.160.2 VHT Capabilities
Info field):

 * 0: no 160 or 80+80 MHz support
 * 1: 160 MHz support
 * 2: 160 and 80+80 MHz support
 * 3: (reserved)

The check must therefore not be done bitwise but instead it must checked
whether the capabilities announced by the driver are at least the ones
requested by the user.

Fixes: c781eb8428 ("hostapd: Verify VHT capabilities are supported by driver")
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
2017-07-18 13:39:46 +03:00
Avraham Stern
b5bf84ba39 WNM: Differentiate between WNM for station and for AP in build
Previously, CONFIG_WNM enabled build that supports WNM for both
station mode and AP mode. However, in most wpa_supplicant cases only
station mode WNM is required and there is no need for AP mode WNM.

Add support to differentiate between station mode WNM and AP mode
WNM in wpa_supplicant builds by adding CONFIG_WNM_AP that should be
used when AP mode WNM support is required in addition to station mode
WNM. This allows binary size to be reduced for builds that require
only the station side WNM functionality.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2017-07-18 13:28:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
809c675029 DPP: Fix build with OpenSSL 1.1.0
X509_ALGOR_get0() was modified to use const ** pointer as the first
argument in OpenSSL 1.1.0, so need to use different type here to avoid
compilation issues.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-07-17 12:26:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
89971d8b1e OpenSSL: Clear default_passwd_cb more thoroughly
Previously, the pointer to strdup passwd was left in OpenSSL library
default_passwd_cb_userdata and even the default_passwd_cb was left set
on an error path. To avoid unexpected behavior if something were to
manage to use there pointers, clear them explicitly once done with
loading of the private key.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-07-17 12:06:17 +03:00
Beniamino Galvani
f665c93e1d OpenSSL: Fix private key password handling with OpenSSL >= 1.1.0f
Since OpenSSL version 1.1.0f, SSL_use_PrivateKey_file() uses the
callback from the SSL object instead of the one from the CTX, so let's
set the callback on both SSL and CTX. Note that
SSL_set_default_passwd_cb*() is available only in 1.1.0.

Signed-off-by: Beniamino Galvani <bgalvani@redhat.com>
2017-07-17 11:57:16 +03:00
Beniamino Galvani
2b9891bd6e OpenSSL: Add build option to select default ciphers
Add a build option to select different default ciphers for OpenSSL
instead of the hardcoded default "DEFAULT:!EXP:!LOW".

This new option is useful on distributions where the security level
should be consistent for all applications, as in Fedora [1]. In such
cases the new configuration option would be set to "" or
"PROFILE=SYSTEM" to select the global crypto policy by default.

[1] https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/CryptoPolicy

Signed-off-by: Beniamino Galvani <bgalvani@redhat.com>
2017-07-17 11:55:22 +03:00
Ashwini Patil
65833d71a5 OCE: Add hostapd mode OCE capability indication if enabled
Add OCE IE in Beacon, Probe Response, and (Re)Association Response
frames if OCE is enabled in the configuration.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-14 21:27:00 +03:00
Ashwini Patil
332aadb8a2 STA: Add OCE capability indication attribute
Add OCE capability indication attribute in Probe Request and
(Re)Association Request frames.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-14 21:19:53 +03:00
Ashwini Patil
fb718f94d6 nl80211: Check if driver supports OCE specific features
Check if device supports OCE STA/STA-CFON/AP specific mandatory
features. This commit includes checking based on the QCA vendor
attributes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-14 21:13:22 +03:00
vamsi krishna
46b15e470e Add vendor flags for OCE feature support indication
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-14 21:11:35 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
9f44f7f3b5 Introduce a vendor attribute to represent the PNO/EPNO Request ID
This request ID was wrongly referred from the REQUEST_ID in
enum qca_wlan_vendor_attr_gscan_config_params which is mapped to
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_PNO_PASSPOINT_LIST_PARAM_NUM in PNO Config.
Hence define a different attribute to represent the request ID
for PNO Config.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-14 21:11:35 +03:00
Emmanuel Grumbach
881a92e8b8 FILS: Fix compilation with CONFIG_NO_WPA
wpa_fils_is_completed() was not defined.

Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
2017-07-08 16:21:38 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1f2ae8cff5 EAP-TTLS: Fix a memory leak on error paths
The allocated challenge needs to be freed on these error paths as well.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-07-08 16:21:38 +03:00
Ilan Peer
83e003a913 EAP-TTLS: Fix possible memory leak in eap_ttls_phase2_request_mschap()
The msg buffer needs to be freed on these two error paths.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2017-07-08 16:19:36 +03:00
Ilan Peer
96e595a9f1 EAP-LEAP: Fix possible memory leak in eap_leap_process_request()
Free 'resp' object in case of a failure to derive the response.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2017-07-08 16:14:03 +03:00
Naftali Goldstein
3f8e3a5486 ap: Fix invalid HT40 channel pair fallback
In case of incorrect HT40 configuration as part of an attempt to create
a 80 MHz AP, iface->conf->vht_oper_centr_freq_seg0_idx and
iface->conf->vht_oper_centr_freq_seg1_idx are zero'ed, but
iface->conf->vht_oper_chwidth remains VHT_CHANWIDTH_80MHZ. This causes
the logic in dfs_get_start_chan_idx to fail.

Fix this by setting iface->conf->vht_oper_chwidth to
VHT_CHANWIDTH_USE_HT when zero'ing the center frequency parameters.

Signed-off-by: Naftali Goldstein <naftali.goldstein@intel.com>
2017-07-08 16:06:38 +03:00
Ilan Peer
6d3e24d3e3 ap: Fix return value in hostapd_drv_switch_channel()
The documentation in driver.h state that in case of an error
-1 is returned.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2017-07-08 16:06:38 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
bfbc41eace DPP: Fix compilation without openssl
dpp.h file requires openssl in order to compile, which breaks
compilation on systems without it.
Move DPP_OUI_TYPE to ieee802_11_defs.h and don't include dpp.h when
not really needed.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2017-07-07 23:37:45 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
fe3e0bac1f FILS: Advertize FILS capability based on driver capability
Add changes to control interface command get_capability to advertize
FILS capability, FILS AKMs suites, and FILS Authentication algorithms
based on the driver capabilities.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-07 13:39:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5579c11c3e Fix a typo in vendor attribute documentation
The attribute is QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_SAR_LIMITS_SAR_ENABLE, not
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_SAR_LIMITS_SELECT.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-07 13:26:45 +03:00
Jeffin Mammen
8b5ddda5fb FILS: Add HLP support with driver-based AP SME
This allows HLP processing to postpone association processing in
hostapd_notify_assoc().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-06 15:24:42 +03:00
Jeffin Mammen
31ec556cef FILS: Fix the IP header protocol field in HLP DHCP response
The IP header should indicate that UDP is used in the message.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-06 14:00:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b3e567c890 FILS: ERP-based PMKSA cache addition on AP
hostapd did not add a new PMKSA cache entry when FILS shared key
authentication was used, i.e., only the initial full authentication
resulted in a PMKSA cache entry being created. Derive the PMKID for the
ERP case as well and add a PMKSA cache entry if the ERP exchange
succeeds.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-05 17:52:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bfe448331f FILS: Fix a frame name in a debug print
The EAP message included in FILS Wrapped Data from the non-AP STA to the
AP is EAP-Initiate/Re-auth.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-05 17:29:44 +03:00
Ashwini Patil
f2cdb41b81 OCE: Define OCE attributes and other related macros
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-05 02:02:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f522bb2377 DPP: Add DPP_CONFIGURATOR_SIGN to generate own connector
The DPP Configurator can use this new command to generate its own signed
connector for the network that it manages.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-04 17:48:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a86fb43ca3 DPP: DPP_BOOTSTRAP_INFO for hostapd
This extends the hostapd control interface to support the
DPP_BOOTSTRAP_INFO command that was recently added for wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-04 15:56:38 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
484788b875 DPP: Share bootstrap type to string helper function
This can be used in hostapd as well.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-04 15:45:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8885023252 Add new key_mgmt values for wpa_supplicant STATUS command
Recently added OWE and DPP were missing from the key_mgmt string list.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-03 14:33:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3a5954ef98 Add mgmt_group_cipher to wpa_supplicant STATUS command
This can be used to check which management group cipher is used in an
association that uses PMF.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-03 14:28:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
90f837b0bf Update default wpa_group_rekey to once-per-day when using CCMP/GCMP
The default value for GTK rekeying period was previously hardcoded to
600 seconds for all cases. Leave that short value only for TKIP as group
cipher while moving to the IEEE 802.11 default value of 86400 seconds
(once-per-day) for CCMP/GCMP.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-03 13:42:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
787615b381 DPP: Set PMKSA expiration based on peer connector
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-03 13:29:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6b140f0fa2 DPP: Update hostapd configurator parameters to match wpa_supplicant
This updates the previously copied implementation to be up-to-date with
the more recent wpa_supplicant changes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-03 13:15:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2605405aa4 DPP: Configurator in hostapd
This integrates DPP configuration request processing into hostapd GAS
server implementation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-03 13:03:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
efeada91a4 DPP: PKEX in hostapd
Allow hostapd to initiate and respond with PKEX bootstrapping similarly
to how this was implemented in wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-03 13:03:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6095b47905 DPP: Check JWS protected header alg against C-sign-key curve
These need to be compatible for the JWS protected header signing to be
valid, so add an explicit check to confirm this.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-03 13:03:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
31f03cb009 DPP: Update JWS algorithm strings for Brainpool curves
Instead of trying to share the existing definitions for NIST curves,
start using unique strings for Brainpool curves.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-02 21:13:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e0d3d3fceb DPP: Rename Brainpool curve names for JSON
This removes the "R1" postfix from the names used in JSON.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-02 09:35:00 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
500ed7f006 DPP: PKEX bootstrapping
This implements genric PKEX functionality in src/common/dpp.c and glue
code to use this in wpa_supplicant (i.e, hostapd DPP implementation does
not yet support PKEX).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-02 09:35:00 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b9d47b4848 DPP: Add helper functions for running hash operations
Use helper functions to cover all three different hash algorithm options
for DPP operations instead of having separate calls to each function at
every location a hash operation based on the curve is needed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-02 09:35:00 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
43fbb8db5b DPP: More debug for own connector configuration errors
This makes it easier to notice a reason for failure in cases a connector
string has been truncated.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-02 09:35:00 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f1f4fa7972 DPP: Fix JWK debug prints
This function is used for parsing both the C-sign-key and netAccessKey,
so better not imply that all cases are C-sign-key in the debug prints.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-02 09:35:00 +03:00
Ashwini Patil
b04854ceff nl80211/MBO: Set temporary disallowed BSSID list to driver
Set temporary disallowed BSSID list to the driver so that the driver
doesn't try to connect to any of the blacklisted BSSIDs during
driver-based roaming operation. This commit includes support only for
the nl80211 driver interface using a QCA vendor command for this.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-30 17:27:44 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
2a71673e27 ERP: Derive ERP key only after successful EAP authentication
ERP key was previously derived immediately after the availability of
EMSK and Session-Id and the ERP key hierarchy was saved even if the
authentication resulted in failure eventually. Instead, derive the ERP
key only after a successful EAP authentication.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-23 19:37:14 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
528b655788 Add Set Wi-Fi Configuration vendor attribute to configure LRO
This can be used to dynamically enable/disable LRO.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-23 19:25:46 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
944f359e19 Introduce a vendor command to specify the active Type Of Service
This commit introduces QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_ACTIVE_TOS to specify
the active Type Of Service on the specific interface. This can be used
to modify some of the low level scan parameters (off channel dwell time,
home channel time) in the driver/firmware.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-23 19:23:38 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
b6ea764252 nl80211: Make KCK attribute optional in rekey data
New AKM suites like FILS-SHA256 do not use KCK and hence KCK length can
be zero. Add changes to include KCK attribute in rekey data only if the
length is non-zero.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-23 18:58:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
186f204893 JSON: Fix \u escaping
Remove the extra 'x' character from the escaped string.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-22 15:09:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8528994e21 DPP: Automatic network profile creation
wpa_supplicant can now be configured to generate a network profile
automatically based on DPP configuration. The following
dpp_config_processing values can be used to specify the behavior:
0 = report received configuration to an external program for
    processing; do not generate any network profile internally (default)
1 = report received configuration to an external program and generate
    a network profile internally, but do not automatically connect
    to the created (disabled) profile; the network profile id is
    reported to external programs
2 = report received configuration to an external program, generate
    a network profile internally, try to connect to the created
    profile automatically

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-21 18:03:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a0d5c56f8b DPP: Network Introduction protocol for wpa_supplicant
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-19 21:13:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4ff89c2ebd DPP: Network Introduction protocol for hostapd
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-19 21:13:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
650a70a72a DPP: Network Introduction protocol
This commit adds generic helper functions for going through Network
Introduction protocol.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-19 21:13:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
56c7549587 DPP: AP parameters for DPP AKM
Extend hostapd configuration to include parameters needed for the DPP
AKM: dpp_connector, dpp_netaccesskey, dpp_netaccesskey_expiry,
dpp_csign, dpp_csign_expiry.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-19 21:13:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0c52953b0f DPP: Allow PMKSA cache entries to be added through hostapd ctrl_iface
This allows external programs to generate and add PMKSA cache entries
into hostapd. The main use for this is to run external DPP processing
(network introduction) and testing.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-19 21:13:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
567da5bbd0 DPP: Add new AKM
This new AKM is used with DPP when using the signed Connector to derive
a PMK. Since the KCK, KEK, and MIC lengths are variable within a single
AKM, this needs number of additional changes to get the PMK length
delivered to places that need to figure out the lengths of the PTK
components.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-19 21:13:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9c2b8204e6 DPP: Integration for hostapd
This adds DPP bootstrapping, authentication, and configuration into
hostapd similarly to how the design was integrated in wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-19 21:13:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
461d39af40 DPP: Configuration exchange
This adds support for DPP Configuration Protocol using GAS. Full
generation and processing of the configuration object is not included in
this commit.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-19 21:13:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
30d27b048e DPP: Authentication exchange
Add wpa_supplicant control interface commands for managing DPP
Authentication exchange.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-19 21:12:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
be27e185b7 DPP: Bootstrap information management
Add wpa_supplicant control interface commands for parsing the bootstrap
info URI from a QR Code (get peer public key) and to generate a new
bootstrap info with private key for local use. The optional
key=<hexdump> argument to the DPP_BOOTSTRAP_GEN command can be used to
specify the bootstrapping private key in OpenSSL ECPrivateKey DER
encoding format. This results in the local bootstrapping information
entry being created with the specified key instead of generating a new
random one.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-19 12:03:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
00b02149ed nl80211: Register to receive DPP Public Action frames
These are needed for DPP exchanges. In addition, register GAS frames for
DPP builds.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-17 18:04:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4e19eb88a9 tests: Module tests for JSON parser
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-17 18:04:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
005be3daa9 Add JavaScript Object Notation (JSON) parser (RFC7159)
This is needed for DPP configuration attributes/objects.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-17 18:04:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5b52e1adc2 tests: Update base64 OOM test cases to match implementation changes
Introduction of the new base64 helper function changed the backtraces
for these OOM test cases and resulted in test failures. Update the test
scripts to work with the new implementation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-17 18:04:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0ffdc8b196 Add base64url encoding/decoding per RFC 4648
This adds functionality needed for parsing and generating JSON Web Key
data structures in DPP.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-17 18:04:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
77f273c82c Extend SHA-384 and SHA-512 support to match SHA-256
The additional SHA-384 and SHA-512 functionality is needed to support
DPP with various ECC curves.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-17 18:04:12 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
b5db6e5dc4 eap_proxy: Support multiple SIMs in get_imsi()
This allows the eap_proxy mechanism to be used with multiple SIMs by
following the configured sim_num to index which SIM to use for when
fetching the IMSI through eap_proxy.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-06 03:42:32 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
0020876514 eap_proxy: Build realm from IMSI for proxy based EAP methods
For proxy based EAP methods, the EAP identity is constructed in
eap_proxy layer from IMSI when required. Realm information from identity
is used to do ERP eventually, hence construct the realm for proxy based
methods from IMSI in core wpa_supplicant to enable the ERP use case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-06 03:41:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5e0c20ff3e nl80211: Do not notify interface as re-enabled if initialization fails
wpa_supplicant tries to reinitialize an interface when a previously
removed netdev is restored (e.g., re-insert a USB dongle). If that
initialization fails (e.g., driver ejects ifconfig UP), the previous
implementation resulted in leaving the interface in incomplete state
while still claiming to upper layers that the interface status has
changed back to functional one.

Fix this by skipping the interface status update if reinitialization
fails. In other words, remain in INTERFACE_DISABLED state if the
interface cannot be re-enabled successfully.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-06 03:07:43 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
8696e61702 eap_proxy: Add support for deriving ERP information
This commit adds support for deriving ERP key information in EAP Proxy
based EAP method implementations.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-05 08:04:52 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
115d5e2221 hostapd: Fix handling a 20/40 BSS Coexistence Management frame
hostapd processes a received 20/40 BSS Coexistence management frame, but
if no separate callbacks are registered for handling Public Action
frames it eventually sends a reply with MSB of category code set to 1
thinking that the received frame is an invalid frame. This could happen
based on whether hostapd was built and enabled with functionality using
the callback functions.

Fix this by explicitly returning 1 from the function when the 20/40 BSS
Coexistence Management frame is processed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-05 08:04:44 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
2d18ab4082 Add a config parameter to exclude DFS channels from ACS
The new acs_exclude_dfs=1 parameter can be used to request hostapd to
exclude all DFS channels from ACS consideration. This is mainly of use
for cases where the driver supports DFS channels, but for some reason a
non-DFS channel is desired when using automatic channel selection.
Previously, the chanlist parameter could have been used for this, but
that required listing all the acceptable channels. The new parameter
allows this to be done without such a list.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-05-27 11:50:21 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
9ddba3a309 Rename vendor attribute DISABLE_OFFCHANNEL to RESTRICT_OFFCHANNEL
This commit renames the vendor attribute
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_CONFIG_DISABLE_OFFCHANNEL to
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_CONFIG_RESTRICT_OFFCHANNEL as intended by the
original commit d506c35efc ('Set Wi-Fi
Configuration attribute to restrict offchannel operations').

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-05-26 13:18:06 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
d506c35efc Set Wi-Fi Configuration attribute to restrict offchannel operations
This commit defines an attribute to
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SET_WIFI_CONFIGURATION -
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_CONFIG_RESTRICT_OFFCHANNEL which can be used to
restrict offchannel operations on the AP/GO interface.

The goal is to restrict any operations which would cause the AP/GO to
leave its operating channel.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-05-23 00:10:01 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
4aa329298d ERP: Do not generate ERP keys when domain name is not specified
This commit adds changes to not generate ERP information if the domain
name is not specified in the EAP identity. keyName-NAI needs the realm
part and as such, it is reasonable to require the main EAP configuration
to provide that realm.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-05-22 13:51:23 +03:00
Beniamino Galvani
290834df69 nl80211: Fix race condition in detecting MAC change
Commit 3e0272ca00 ('nl80211: Re-read MAC
address on RTM_NEWLINK') added the detection of external changes to MAC
address when the interface is brought up.

If the interface state is changed quickly enough, wpa_supplicant may
receive the netlink message for the !IFF_UP event when the interface
has already been brought up and would ignore the next netlink IFF_UP
message, missing the MAC change.

Fix this by also reloading the MAC address when a !IFF_UP event is
received with the interface up, because this implies that the
interface went down and up again, possibly changing the address.

Signed-off-by: Beniamino Galvani <bgalvani@redhat.com>
2017-05-13 20:01:44 +03:00
Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan
04f667fcdd DFS: Allow switch to DFS channel after radar detection in ETSI
This is to comply with uniform spreading requirement for ETSI domain
(section 4.7.2.7 in EN 301 893 - V1.8.1). ETSI uniform spreading
requires equal probability for the usable channels. The previous channel
selection logic after a radar detection did not fully comply with the
uniform spreading requirement for the domain by ignoring DFS channels.
Consider DFS channels also during channel selection when the current DFS
domain is ETSI.

Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-05-13 20:01:44 +03:00
Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan
aa56e36d66 driver: Make DFS domain information available to core
Current DFS domain information of the driver can be used in ap/dfs
to comply with DFS domain specific requirements like uniform spreading
for ETSI domain.

Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-05-13 20:01:44 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
e8e430fe7a Vendor attributes to retain connection on a roam request failure
This commit introduces the following two attributes to
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_KEY_MGMT_ROAM_AUTH events:

QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_ROAM_AUTH_STATUS - Indicates the status of
	re-association requested by user space
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_ROAM_AUTH_RETAIN_CONNECTION - Indicates whether
	the old association was maintained when a re-association
	is requested by user space and that re-association attempt
	fails (i.e., cannot connect to the requested BSS, but can
	remain associated with the BSS with which the association was
	in place when being requested to roam).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-05-12 00:39:00 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
33117656e6 Define a QCA vendor attribute to update the listen interval
This commit defines an attribute
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_CONFIG_LISTEN_INTERVAL which allows the currently
used listen interval to be updated using
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SET_WIFI_CONFIGURATION. This update applies
only during the association and is done without updating the AP about
the change.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-05-10 23:58:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
85cff4b0d8 OpenSSL: Try SHA256 hash for OCSP certificate matching
Previously, only SHA1 hash -based server certificate matching was used,
but the OCSP response may use SHA256 instead of SHA1, so check the match
with both hash functions, if needed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-05-09 23:36:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d264c2e390 HTTP (curl): Try SHA256 hash for OCSP certificate matching
Previously, only SHA1 hash -based server certificate matching was used,
but the OCSP response may use SHA256 instead of SHA1, so check the match
with both hash functions, if needed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-05-09 23:36:36 +03:00
Masashi Honma
31a856a127 mesh: Make NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD configurable
In some practical cases, it is useful to suppress joining to node in the
distance. The new field mesh_rssi_threshold could be used as RSSI
threshold for joining.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2017-05-08 16:23:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1f3c49d418 Fix 160 MHz opclass channel to frequency conversion
This needs to allow all 20 MHz channel numbers to be converted even
though the Annex E table lists only channel _center_ frequencies 50 and
114. Neighbor Report (see IEEE Std 802.11-2016, 9.4.2.37 Neighbor Report
element) uses Channel Number field with "last known primary channel of
the AP" which refers to the 20 MHz channel and not the channel center
frequency.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-05-07 22:08:43 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8fed47e013 FILS: Derive FT key hierarchy on authenticator side for FILS+FT
Derive PMK-R0 and the relevant key names when using FILS authentication
for initial FT mobility domain association.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-05-07 22:08:43 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7d440a3bc4 FILS: Derive FT key hierarchy on supplicant side for FILS+FT
Derive PMK-R0 and the relevant key names when using FILS authentication
for initial FT mobility domain association. Fill in the FT IEs in
(Re)Association Request frame for this.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-05-07 22:08:41 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
215eaa748b FILS: Implement FILS-FT derivation
This extends fils_pmk_to_ptk() to allow FILS-FT to be derived. The
callers do not yet use that capability; i.e., actual use will be added
in separate commits.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-05-07 17:04:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
80ddf5d995 FILS: Fix Key-Auth derivation for SK+PFS for authenticator side
The conditional gSTA and gAP (DH public keys) were not previously
included in Key-Auth derivation, but they are needed for the PFS case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-05-07 17:04:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e6b6231338 FILS: Fix Key-Auth derivation for SK+PFS for supplicant side
The conditional gSTA and gAP (DH public keys) were not previously
included in Key-Auth derivation, but they are needed for the PFS case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-05-07 17:04:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4d0a61c501 FILS: Debug print inputs to Key-Auth derivation
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-05-07 17:04:29 +03:00
Jonas Larsson
853cfa8738 Detect endianness when building for RTEMS
This adds endianness detection and byte swap
definitions for the RTEMS RTOS.

Signed-off-by: Jonas Larsson <ljonas@google.com>
2017-05-05 00:41:12 +03:00
Vamsi Krishna
178553b709 MBO: Add support to set ignore assoc disallow to driver
Add support to set ignore assoc disallow to the driver so that the
driver ignores assoc disallowed bit set by APs while connecting. This is
used by drivers that handle BSS selection and roaming internally.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-05-05 00:26:05 +03:00
Michael Braun
3a46cf93d0 FT: Add support for wildcard R0KH/R1KH
Enable use of FT RRB without configuring each other AP locally. Instead,
broadcast messages are exchanged to discover APs within the local
network.

When an R0KH or R1KH is discovered, it is cached for one day.

When a station uses an invalid or offline r0kh_id, requests are always
broadcast. In order to avoid this, if r0kh does not reply, a temporary
blacklist entry is added to r0kh_list.

To avoid blocking a valid r0kh when a non-existing pmk_r0_name is
requested, r0kh is required to always reply using a NAK. Resend requests
a few times to ensure blacklisting does not happen due to small packet
loss.

To free newly created stations later, the r*kh_list start pointer in
conf needs to be updateable from wpa_auth_ft.c, where only wconf is
accessed.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2017-05-03 22:16:14 +03:00
Michael Braun
eefe863015 FT RRB: Add msg replay and msg delay protection
This adds a counter and adds sequence numbering to FT RRB packets. The
sequence number is checked against r0kh/r1kh sequence number cache.

Special attention is needed in case the remote AP reboots and thus loses
its state. I prefer it to recover automatically even without synchronized
clocks. Therefore an identifier called dom is generated randomly along the
initial sequence number. If the dom transmitted does not match or the
sequence number is not in the range currently expected, the sender is asked
for a fresh confirmation of its currently used sequence numbers. The packet
that triggered this is cached and processed again later.

Additionally, in order to ensure freshness, the remote AP includes an
timestamp with its messages. It is then verified that the received
messages are indeed fresh by comparing it to the older timestamps
received and the time elapsed since then. Therefore FT_RRB_TIMESTAMP is
no longer needed.

This assigns new OUI 00:13:74 vendor-specific subtype 0x0001 subtypes:
4 (SEQ_REQ) and 5 (SEQ_RESP).

This breaks backward compatibility, i.e., hostapd needs to be updated
on all APs at the same time to allow FT to remain functional.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2017-05-03 22:16:14 +03:00
Michael Braun
245fc96e5f FT: New RRB message format
Convert FT RRB into a new TLV based format. Use AES-SIV as AEAD cipher
to protect the messages.

This needs at least 32 byte long keys. These can be provided either
by a config file change or letting a KDF derive the 32 byte key used
from the 16 byte key given.

This breaks backward compatibility, i.e., hostapd needs to be updated on
all APs at the same time to allow FT to remain functional.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2017-05-03 21:55:29 +03:00
Michael Braun
50bd8e0a90 FT: Replace inter-AP protocol with use of OUI Extended Ethertype
Replace the previously used extension of IEEE 802.11 managed Ethertype
89-0d (originally added for Remote Request/Response in IEEE 802.11r)
with Ethertype 88-b7 (OUI Extended EtherType) for FT inter-AP
communication. The new design uses a more properly assigned identifier
for the messages.

This assigns the OUI 00:13:74 vendor-specific subtype 0x0001 for the new
hostapd AP-to-AP communication purposes. Subtypes 1 (PULL), 2 (RESP),
and 3 (PUSH) are also assigned in this commit for the R0KH-R1KH
protocol.

This breaks backward compatibility, i.e., hostapd needs to be updated on
all APs at the same time to allow FT to remain functional.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2017-05-03 18:30:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
01dd2b1054 ERP: Silence static analyzer warning
The check for erp->keyname_nai within eap_erp_get_key() is apparently
too difficult for some static analyzers to notice. Add an explicit check
for os_strchr() return value being non-NULL to avoid false reports.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-05-01 22:08:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d912953e37 atheros: Get rid of static analyzer warnings on 0-length memcpy
These functions can potentially be called with ie == NULL and ie_len ==
0. Check explitcitly for the ie == NULL case to avoid confusing
memcpy(dst, NULL, 0) calls.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-05-01 22:08:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f541148257 Fix GAS server ifdef block use
Commit 941caed980 ('MBO: Add MBO
ANQP-element processing on AP') changed the design by using the
rx_anqp_vendor_specific() function to process all ANQP vendor specific
elements. However, the caller for this was within ifdef CONFIG_HS20
block. Fix this by calling the function even in CONFIG_HS20=y is not
included in the build. This fixes CONFIG_MBO=y builds without
CONFIG_HS20=y.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-05-01 17:39:14 +03:00
Peng Xu
ec27b04e60 hostapd: Select a valid secondary channel if both enabled
When starting AP in HT40 mode and both HT40+ and HT40- options are
specified in hostapd.conf, select a valid secondary channel for the AP
automatically.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-29 16:35:23 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
da6a28ba60 FILS: Specify if FILS HLP was sent in connect
This adds a string "FILS_HLP_SENT" to connect event when HLP is sent
as part of ASSOC/CONNECT request.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-29 16:35:23 +03:00
Ranga Ravuri
9f894823fa PAE: Silence static analyzer warning about NULL pointer dereference
ieee802_1x_kay_move_live_peer() did not check
ieee802_1x_kay_get_potential_peer() result explicitly and a static
analyzer reported a warning about the possible NULL result. This cannot
really happen in practice since the only caller of
ieee802_1x_kay_move_live_peer() verifies that the specific peer entry is
available. Anyway, it is easy to silence the false warning by adding an
explicit check here and cover any other potential case if another caller
is added.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-24 11:38:10 +03:00
Jeffin Mammen
fa61bff6ae FILS: Handle authentication/association in partial driver AP SME
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-24 01:07:39 +03:00
Jeffin Mammen
5cee22ca47 FILS: Make handle_auth_fils() re-usable for driver-based AP SME
Allow this function to be called from outside ieee802_11.c and with the
final steps replaced through a callback function.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-24 01:07:39 +03:00
Jeffin Mammen
5e5f8c816b FILS: Move authentication response handling into a helper function
This can be reused when splitting handle_auth_fils() to support the
driver-based AP SME case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-24 01:07:36 +03:00
Jeffin Mammen
b8a3453aca FILS: Pass only IE area to handle_auth_fils()
This function does not need the frame header, so pass in only the IE
area to make it easier to share this for driver-based AP SME handling.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-23 18:24:38 +03:00
Jeffin Mammen
9392859d7b FILS: Move AssocResp construction to a helper function
This can be reused from driver-based AP SME callback.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-23 18:20:00 +03:00
Jeffin Mammen
bd59935323 FILS: Move Key Confirm element validation to a helper function
This can be reused from driver-based AP SME callback.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-23 17:55:35 +03:00
Jeffin Mammen
087631b985 FILS: Move Session element validation to a helper function
This can be reused from driver-based AP SME callback.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-23 17:47:15 +03:00
Jeffin Mammen
cc20edc9f1 FILS: Add FILS auth_alg to driver-based AP SME association handling
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-23 17:47:15 +03:00
Jeffin Mammen
957bff83c4 FILS: Add driver-AP SME callback to set TK after association
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-23 17:47:15 +03:00
Jeffin Mammen
8acbf85fa2 FILS: Add FILS AEAD parameters for sta_auth() calls
This is used with partial AP SME in driver cases to enable FILS
association (AES-SIV) processing.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-23 17:47:15 +03:00
Jeffin Mammen
f46c154c59 atheros: Add FILS AAD parameters in sta_auth() handler
This is needed to allow the driver SME to perform the needed AES-SIV
operations during FILS association.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-23 17:47:15 +03:00
Jeffin Mammen
6b128fb2af driver: Move sta_auth() arguments to a struct
This makes it easier to add more parameters without having to change the
callback function prototype.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-23 17:47:12 +03:00
Jeffin Mammen
d7cff1d871 atheros: Enable raw management frame receive for FILS builds
This is needed to be able to process authentication and association
frames for FILS.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-21 19:37:32 +03:00
Jeffin Mammen
2b7a8ec473 atheros: Read driver FILS capability
This will be used to determine what type of operations to use for STA
authentication and association.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-21 19:37:27 +03:00
Jeffin Mammen
d5444aac4c FILS: Add FILS Indication element into Beacon/Probe Response template
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-21 18:44:59 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
8befe8a993 Define a QCA attribute to specify the PCL policy for external ACS
This commit defines an attribute
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_EXTERNAL_ACS_EVENT_POLICY to signify the preferred
channel list policy for external ACS.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-20 22:49:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
183d3924cf WPS: Add option for using random UUID
If the uuid configuration parameter is not set, wpa_supplicant generates
an UUID automatically to allow WPS operations to proceed. This was
previously always using an UUID generated from the MAC address. This
commit adds an option to use a random UUID instead. The type of the
automatically generated UUID is set with the auto_uuid parameter: 0 =
based on MAC address (default; old behavior), 1 = random UUID.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-13 17:38:55 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
b44d1efd28 FILS: Fix key info in GTK rekey EAPOL-Key msg 2/2
While responding to EAPOL-Key message 1/2 with EAPOL-Key message 2/2
when using FILS AKM suites the ENCRYPTED bit is not set in key info of
2/2 which causes AP to drop 2/2. Fix this by setting the ENCRYPTED bit
since FILS AKM based connection uses AEAD encryption/decryption.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-10 16:18:11 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
04243740c9 FILS: Fix GTK rekey by accepting EAPOL-Key msg 1/2 with FILS AKM
GTK rekeying was rejected if a prior 4-way handshake is not done.
Fix this by allowing GTK rekey to happen in case of a FILS connection
since it does not involve a 4-way handshake.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-10 16:11:41 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
bbe7969d63 FILS: Update cache identifier on association
This is needed when offloading FILS shared key to the drivers.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-07 18:59:12 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
f705f41b7f FILS: Update PMKSA cache with FILS shared key offload
Add a new PMKSA cache entry within wpa_supplicant if a driver event from
offloaded FILS shared key authentication indicates a new PMKSA entry was
created.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-07 18:46:13 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
5538fc9309 FILS: Track completion with FILS shared key authentication offload
Update the internal fils_completed state when offloading FILS shared key
authentication to the driver.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-07 18:46:13 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
15def72fab ERP: External control of ERP key information
This allows ERP keys to be managed by external entities, e.g., when
offloading FILS shared key authentication to a driver.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-07 18:46:13 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
42e69bda2a FILS: Add support for Cache Identifier in add/remove PMKSA
Add support for setting and deleting PMKSA cache entries based on FILS Cache
Identifer. Also additionally add support for sending PMK as part of
SET_PMKSA to enable driver to derive keys in case of FILS shared key
offload using PMKSA caching.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-07 18:46:13 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
061a3d3d53 nl80211: Add support for FILS Cache Identifier in add/remove_pmkid()
This is needed for configuring PMKSA cache entries to the driver with
the FILS Cache Identifier and SSID.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-07 17:03:37 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
6fbb54140b driver: Move add_pmkid() and remove_pmkid() arguments into a struct
This makes it easier to add more arguments to these wpa_driver_ops
functions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-07 17:03:35 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
ad295f3b85 nl80211: Add support for FILS shared key offload
Add support for FILS shared key offload for drivers which advertize
FILS shared key support using NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-07 16:21:55 +03:00
Peng Xu
16217e13d8 QCA vendor commands and attributes for spectral scan
Add new vendor commands for starting and stoppping spectral scan. Add
vendor attributes for configuring spectral scan parameters as part of
the start command.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-06 17:34:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5db997e343 FILS: Add FTE into FILS Authentication frame from AP when using FILS+FT
MDE was already added with RSNE, but FTE needed to be added to the FILS
Authentication frame for the FT initial mobility domain association
using FILS authentication case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-04-02 22:38:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
af3e362fa7 FILS: Add MDE into Authentication frame for FILS+FT
When using FILS for FT initial mobility domain association, add MDE to
the Authentication frame from the STA to indicate this special case for
FILS authentication.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-04-02 13:23:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5aa08153af FT: Add selection of FT+FILS AKMs
This is needed to enable use of FILS for the FT initial mobility domain
association.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-04-02 12:57:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2971da270f P2P: Do not use wait_time for SD Response TX for last fragmentation
The last SD Response frame fragment is not going to be followed by
another Action frame from the peer, so remove the 200 ms wait time from
the offchannel TX command in that case. This avoids leaving a 200 ms
lock on the radio to remain on the channel unnecessarily.

This is similar to commit 7655bd7388
('P2P: Do not use wait_time for SD Response TX without fragmentation').

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-04-01 14:25:26 +03:00
Michael Braun
c5fee1604b FT: Schedule wpa_ft_rrb_rx() through eloop in intra-process communication
With AP-AP communication, when hapd0 sends a packet, hapd1 can receive
it immediately and send a response. But hapd0 will only read and process
the response after it has returned from the sending context, that is
entered eloop again. So one does not need to consider the RX function of
the reply to run for the request sending hapd before the send calling
function has returned.

Previously, with intra-process communication, the packet is not
scheduled through eloop. Thus the RX handler of the reply might be run
while the sending context of the original request has not returned.
This might become problematic, e.g., when deferring a management frame
processing until an RRB response is received and then have the request
restarted and finished before the original request handling has been
stopped.

I'm not aware of any concrete bug this is currently triggering but came
across it while thinking of FT RRB AP-AP sequence numbering.

I think the non-eloop scheduling approach might be error-prone and thus
propose to model it more closely to the way the message would be
received from a socket. Additionally, this ensures that the tests model
AP-AP communication more closely to real world.

Solution: queue these packets through eloop.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2017-04-01 12:51:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4696773676 Sync with mac80211-next.git include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
This brings in nl80211 definitions as of 2017-03-31.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-31 13:14:20 +03:00
Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan
775e986d5f hostapd: Fix crash on consecutive channel switch failures
With multiple interface like AP and station which is already
associated to some other AP, when we try to do channel switch
for the AP mode (different from the operation channel support of
station) and if the AP channel switch fails continously (including
the fallback channel switch), results in a crash due to NULL pointer
dereference. This is because hostapd_deinit_driver() assigns the
driver context (drv_priv) to NULL as we are not able to bring up
the interface with a new channel

Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-03-29 15:03:16 +03:00
Zhaoyang Liu
1275958873 QCA vendor command: Add TA max duration attribute for OCB configure
Add attribute for TA max duration after last TA received. So that local
time is synchromous to other communicating OCB STAs. If the duration
expires, OCB STA without UTC time source is not in sync to other STAs
and stop scheduling DSRC channel switch after max duration.

Signed-off-by: Zhaoyang Liu <zhaoyang@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Ferry Zhou <tianguiz@codeaurora.org>
2017-03-27 17:19:38 +03:00
Zhaoyang Liu
2a9ec7c69c Define attributes for QCA vendor OCB commands
Document QCA vendor OCB commands about IEEE Std 802.11 communication
outside the context of a basic service set. Also define all attributes
for the specific OCB commands.

Signed-off-by: Zhaoyang Liu <zhaoyang@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Ferry Zhou <tianguiz@codeaurora.org>
2017-03-27 17:17:03 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
0119d44243 FILS: Fix wpa_supplicant compilation errors
This change fixes the following compilation error:

wpa.c:2465: error: undefined reference to 'crypto_ecdh_deinit'

in builds where CONFIG_ECC does not get defined.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-03-26 21:13:21 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
4cc6574d00 FILS: Fix fils_cache_id check
This fixes the following compiler warning:
wpa_auth.c:4249:34: error: address of array 'a->conf.fils_cache_id'
 will always evaluate to 'true' [-Werror,-Wpointer-bool-conversion]

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-03-26 21:13:21 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a5269dc209 wpa_helpers: Ignore link-local IPv4 address while waiting for DHCP
Do not accept a link-local IPv4 address when waiting for a valid DHCP
address. This helps with hs20-osu-client use cases where DHCP response
has not yet been received.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-03-26 21:13:21 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e2f00bb5ff xml: Add Value node in TNDS node conversion for empty value case
Previously, the Value node was not added if value of a node could not be
fetched. This can cause interoperability issues, so address that in the
same way as an empty length value, i.e., by adding a Value node with
zero-length contents.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-03-26 21:13:21 +03:00
Davide Caratti
5db86df6a8 macsec_linux: Fix NULL pointer dereference on error cases
In case wpa_supplicant is using driver_macsec_linux, but macsec module
is not (yet) loaded in the kernel, nl_socket_alloc() fails and drv->sk
is NULL. In this case, don't call libnl functions rntl_link_add() or
rtnl_link_change() using such NULL pointer, to prevent program from
getting segmentation faults like:

 Program received signal SIGSEGV, Segmentation fault.
 nl_socket_get_local_port (sk=sk@entry=0x0) at socket.c:365
 365             if (sk->s_local.nl_pid == 0) {
 (gdb) p sk
 $1 = (const struct nl_sock *) 0x0
 (gdb) bt
 #0  nl_socket_get_local_port (sk=sk@entry=0x0) at socket.c:365
 #1  0x00007ffff79c56a0 in nl_complete_msg (sk=sk@entry=0x0,
  msg=msg@entry=0x55555595a1f0) at nl.c:491
 #2  0x00007ffff79c56d1 in nl_send_auto (sk=sk@entry=0x0,
  msg=msg@entry=0x55555595a1f0) at nl.c:522
 #3  0x00007ffff79c652f in nl_send_sync (sk=sk@entry=0x0,
  msg=0x55555595a1f0) at nl.c:556
 #4  0x00007ffff755faf5 in rtnl_link_add (sk=0x0,
  link=link@entry=0x55555595b0f0, flags=flags@entry=1024) at route/link.c:1548
 #5  0x000055555567a298 in macsec_drv_create_transmit_sc (priv=0x55555593b130,
  sc=0x55555593b320, conf_offset=<optimized out>) at ../src/drivers/driver_macsec_linux.c:998

Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <davide.caratti@gmail.com>
2017-03-26 21:13:21 +03:00
Davide Caratti
e50df5d2a2 mka: Fix use-after-free when transmit secure channels are deleted
ieee802_1x_kay_deinit_transmit_sc() frees the transmit secure channel
data, but secy_delete_transmit_sc() still needs it. Since this functions
are called sequentially, secy_delete_transmit_sc() can be called from
ieee802_1x_kay_deinit_transmit_sc() before txsc is freed.

Fixes: 128f6a98b3 ("mka: Fix the order of operations in secure channel deletion")
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <davide.caratti@gmail.com>
2017-03-26 21:13:21 +03:00
Davide Caratti
529d6ed726 mka: Fix use-after-free when receive secure channels are deleted
ieee802_1x_kay_deinit_receive_sc() frees the receive secure channel data,
but secy_delete_receive_sc() still needs it. Since these two functions
are always called sequentially, secy_delete_receive_sc() can be called
from ieee802_1x_kay_deinit_receive_sc() before rxsc is freed.

Fixes: 128f6a98b3 ("mka: Fix the order of operations in secure channel deletion")
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <davide.caratti@gmail.com>
2017-03-26 21:13:21 +03:00
lifeng
6c2056abe5 QCA vendor attributes to extend antenna diversity functionality
1. Add new attribute to report corresponding antenna information to the
chain RSSI which is used in subcmd
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_GET_CHAIN_RSSI.

2. Add a series of attr to support the new wmi interface
WMI_PDEV_PARAM_ANT_DIV_USRCFG which export parameters setting of antenna
diversity algorithm to userspace.

Signed-off-by: Li Feng <lifeng@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-03-15 21:30:00 +02:00
Zhang Qian
b4ae5f04dc Add vendor attribute to config propagation delay's absolute value
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_CONFIG_PROPAGATION_ABS_DELAY is added to set
propagation delay's absolute value. This is a more detailed version of
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_CONFIG_PROPAGATION_DELAY.

Signed-off-by: Zhang Qian <zhangq@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-03-15 21:24:25 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
7f5f4e46ac Fix QCA_ATTR_NUD_STATS_IS_DAD value
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2017-03-14 21:11:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2c0ac6d613 P2P: Run full P2P_FIND scan after pending scan completes
If a P2P_FIND command is issued for running the initial full scan and
the attempt to start that full scan fails, the previous behavior was to
wait for the ongoing scan to complete and then continue p2p_find scan
iterations. However, this continued with the social channels scan
instead of the initial full scan. This could end up missing the full
scan completely.

Fix this by marking the full scan pending if the new scan cannot be
started immediately. Then start the initial full scan after the ongoing
scan completes before moving to social channel only scan iterations.
This applies both for the P2P_FIND_START_WITH_FULL (no specific
frequency set) and P2P_FIND_PROGRESSIVE cases since both of them start
with a single full scan round.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-03-14 20:41:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d3bb082a73 P2P: Continue scanning specified channel with P2P_FIND freq argument
This makes the "P2P_FIND freq=<MHz>" operation more robust by continuing
to include the specified frequency in the consecutive scan rounds
instead of including it only once in the first scan. In other words, the
first scan is only for the specified frequency just like the previous
behavior, but the following scans include all the social channels and
the specified frequency instead of just the previously used social
channels.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-03-13 12:50:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
76e20f4fa7 FILS: Add FILS SK auth PFS support in STA mode
This adds an option to configure wpa_supplicant to use the perfect
forward secrecy option in FILS shared key authentication. A new build
option CONFIG_FILS_SK_PFS=y can be used to include this functionality. A
new runtime network profile parameter fils_dh_group is used to enable
this by specifying which DH group to use. For example, fils_dh_group=19
would use FILS SK PFS with a 256-bit random ECP group.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-12 23:20:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1764559eef FILS: Add FILS SK auth PFS support in AP mode
This adds an option to configure hostapd to enable use of perfect
forward secrecy option in FILS shared key authentication. A new build
option CONFIG_FILS_SK_PFS=y can be used to include this functionality. A
new runtime configuration parameter fils_dh_group is used to enable this
by specifying which DH group to use. For example, fils_dh_group=19 would
allow FILS SK PFS to be used with a 256-bit random ECP group.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-12 23:20:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cad291d671 FILS: Define authentication algorithm for FILS SK auth with PFS
This is needed to add PFS support into hostapd and wpa_supplicant FILS
shared key authentication.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-12 22:39:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
07a5fe823e OWE: Use AKM 00-0F-AC:11 style parameters for EAPOL-Key frames
draft-harkins-owe-07.txt does not specify these parameters, so need to
pick something sensible to use for the experimental implementation. The
Suite B 128-bit level AKM 00-0F-AC:11 has reasonable parameters for the
DH group 19 case (i.e., SHA256 hash), so use it for now. This can be
updated if the OWE RFC becomes clearer on the appropriate parameters
(KEK/KCK/MIC length, PRF/KDF algorithm, and key-wrap algorithm).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-12 20:43:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ef9627cbc7 Print the algorithms used for EAPOL-Key professing in log
This makes it easier to debug crypto algorithm selection for 4-way
handshake related functions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-12 20:43:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ef23838590 Return success/failure result from sha384_prf()
This makes the function more consistent with sha256_prf().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-12 20:43:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0a6147991e OWE: Process Diffie-Hellman Parameter element in STA mode
This adds STA side addition of OWE Diffie-Hellman Parameter element into
(Re)Association Request frame and processing it in (Re)Association
Response frame.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-12 19:24:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
09368515d1 OWE: Process Diffie-Hellman Parameter element in AP mode
This adds AP side processing for OWE Diffie-Hellman Parameter element in
(Re)Association Request frame and adding it in (Re)Association Response
frame.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-12 19:24:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f9561868ec OWE: Add driver capability flag for OWE AKM
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-12 19:24:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a1ea1b4522 OWE: Define and parse OWE AKM selector
This adds a new RSN AKM "OWE".

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-12 19:24:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9c7aac738b OWE: Define and parse Diffie-Hellman Parameter element
Add WLAN_EID_EXT_OWE_DH_PARAM definition and extend
ieee802_11_parse_elems() to recognize this element.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-12 00:23:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e73244c240 tests: Extract-and-Expand HKDF (RFC 5869)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-11 22:40:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4ec833daf8 Extend hmac_sha256_kdf() to support HKDF-Expand() as defined in RFC 5869
The KDF define in RFC 5295 is very similar to HKDF-Expand() defined in
RFC 5869. Allow a NULL label to be used to select the RFC 5869 version
with arbitrary seed (info in RFC 5869) material without forcing the
label and NULL termination to be included. HKDF-Expand() will be needed
for OWE.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-11 22:40:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ae1ec1aaf2 OpenSSL: Add wrapper functions for ECDH
These allow ECDH to be used with compressed public key encoding (only
x-coordinate). This is needed for FILS PFS and OWE.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-11 22:08:48 +02:00
Avraham Stern
e044a9d1e0 common: Add candidate list parsing helper function
Add a helper function that parses candidate list from command line
arguments.

This function will be used (in the following commits) to add
a candidate list to BSS transition management query.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2017-03-11 10:36:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
34f2851902 MBO: Parse MBO ANQP-element on STA
This extends the GAS/ANQP parser in wpa_supplicant to process MBO
ANQP-elements and indicate received Cellular Data Connection Preference
values over the control interface.

When a valid MBO ANQP-element is received, the following control
interface message is sent:

RX-MBO-ANQP <BSSID> cell_conn_pref=<value>

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-03-10 18:57:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
941caed980 MBO: Add MBO ANQP-element processing on AP
This extends the GAS server to process MBO ANQP-elements and reply to a
query for the Cellular Data Connection Preference (if configured). The
new configuration parameter mbo_cell_data_conn_pref can be used to set
the value (0, 1, or 255) for the preference to indicate.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-03-10 18:33:51 +02:00
Avraham Stern
2316cb358c MBO: Add option to add MBO query list to ANQP query
MBO techspec v0.0_r27 changed the MBO ANQP-element format. The MBO
element in ANQP query should now include an MBO Query List element that
contains a list of MBO elements to query.

Add API to add the MBO Query List to an ANQP query.

Format:
ANQP_GET <addr> <info_id>[,<info_id>]...[,mbo:<subtype>...]

Example for querying neighbor report with MBO cellular data
connection preference:
ANQP_GET <bssid> 272,mbo:2

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2017-03-10 16:53:10 +02:00
Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan
7cbb5f1a44 DFS: Handle pre-CAC expired event
As FCC DFS requirement does not explicitly mention about the validity of
the (pre-)CAC when channel is switched, it is safe to assume that the
pre-CAC result will not be valid once the CAC completed channel is
switched or radar detection is not active on the (CAC completed) channel
within a time period which is allowed (10 seconds - channel switch time)
as per FCC DFS requirement.

Use the new driver event to allow the driver to notify expiry of the CAC
result on a channel. Move the DFS state of the channel to 'usable' when
processing pre-CAC expired event.  This means any future operation on
that channel will require a new CAC to be completed. This event is
applicable only when DFS is not offloaded to the kernel driver.

Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-03-09 17:01:50 +02:00
Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan
62c8c7f721 nl80211: Handle pre-CAC expired event from the driver
Process the new nl80211 event NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED to allow the
driver to notify expiry of the CAC result on a channel.

Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-03-09 17:01:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
caaaee072b Sync with mac80211-next.git include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
This brings in nl80211 definitions as of 2017-03-06.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-09 16:59:42 +02:00
Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan
3dcd735c1e DFS: Handle CAC completion event from other radio
When DFS channel state is shared across multiple radios on the system it
is possible that a CAC completion event is propagated from other radio
to us. When in enabled state, do not proceed with setup completion upon
processing CAC completion event with devices where DFS is not offloaded,
when in state other than enabled make sure the configured DFS channel is
in available state before start the AP.

Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-03-09 16:46:30 +02:00
Purushottam Kushwaha
d0330d57f3 nl80211: Add option to delay start of schedule scan plans
The userspace may want to delay the the first scheduled scan.
This enhances sched_scan to add initial delay (in seconds) before
starting first scan cycle. The driver may optionally choose to
ignore this parameter and start immediately (or at any other time).

This uses NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY to add this via user
global configurable option: sched_scan_start_delay.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-03-09 15:44:26 +02:00
Johannes Berg
a1f11e34c4 Use os_memdup()
This leads to cleaner code overall, and also reduces the size
of the hostapd and wpa_supplicant binaries (in hwsim test build
on x86_64) by about 2.5 and 3.5KiB respectively.

The mechanical conversions all over the code were done with
the following spatch:

    @@
    expression SIZE, SRC;
    expression a;
    @@
    -a = os_malloc(SIZE);
    +a = os_memdup(SRC, SIZE);
    <...
    if (!a) {...}
    ...>
    -os_memcpy(a, SRC, SIZE);

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-03-07 13:19:10 +02:00
Johannes Berg
dbdda355d0 Introduce os_memdup()
This can be used to clean the code and reduce size by converting
os_malloc() followed by os_memcpy() cases to use a single function call.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-03-07 13:18:49 +02:00
Kanchanapally, Vidyullatha
3ab484928a nl80211: Driver command for checking BTM accept/reject
Add driver interface command using the QCA vendor extensions to check
the driverr whether to accept or reject a BSS transition candidate. For
the reject case, report an MBO reject reason code.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-03-07 00:20:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b9fd3c244e tests: Add TEST_FAIL() to radius_msg_add_attr()
This makes it easier to test error paths for RADIUS message
construction.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-05 16:37:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
de01f254a6 RADIUS server: Fix error paths in new session creation
radius_server_session_free() does not remove the session from the
session list and these radius_server_get_new_session() error paths ended
up leaving a pointer to freed memory into the session list. This
resulted in the following operations failing due to use of freed memory.

Fix this by using radius_server_session_remove() which removes the entry
from the list in addition to calling radius_server_session_free().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-05 16:18:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4c803dfcd7 ACS: Fix memory leak if interface is disabled during scan
The survey data was not freed if hostapd interface got disabled during
an ACS scan.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-04 17:30:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
29be2c090e ACS: Simplify code paths
This removes some unnecessarily duplicated return paths and simplifies
code paths.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-04 17:30:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fa07d2d463 tests: Add TEST_FAIL() checks in l2_packet
This enables additional test coverage for error paths.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-04 11:43:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d4359923e1 Fix DHCP/NDISC snoop deinit followed by failing re-init
It was possible to hit a double-free on the l2_packet socket if
initialization of DHCP/NDISC snoop failed on a hostapd interface that
had previously had those enabled successfully. Fix this by clearing the
l2_packet pointers during deinit.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-04 11:42:15 +02:00
Alexei Avshalom Lazar
160dca0784 Add QCA vendor command/attr for BRP antenna limit control
Add QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_BRP_SET_ANT_LIMIT for setting the number
of antennas that will be active in different modes for each connection.

Signed-off-by: Alexei Avshalom Lazar <qca_ailizaro@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-03-02 15:05:46 +02:00
Amarnath Hullur Subramanyam
e9518ae749 WFD: Add WFD R2 Subelements
Define and add support for WFD R2 Subelements.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-03-01 11:59:57 +02:00
Gaole Zhang
21ac782797 QCA nl80211 vendor attribute for specific sub-20 MHz channel width
Define a new attribute QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_CONFIG_SUB20_CHAN_WIDTH.
This attribute can set a station device to work in 5 or 10 MHz channel
width while in disconnect state.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-03-01 11:55:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ff936bc753 Make the third octet of Country String configurable
The new hostapd.conf parameter country3 can now be used to configure the
third octet of the Country String that was previously hardcoded to ' '
(= 0x20).

For example:

All environments of the current frequency band and country (default)
country3=0x20

Outdoor environment only
country3=0x4f

Indoor environment only
country3=0x49

Noncountry entity (country_code=XX)
country3=0x58

IEEE 802.11 standard Annex E table indication: 0x01 .. 0x1f
Annex E, Table E-4 (Global operating classes)
country3=0x04

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-03-01 10:58:15 +02:00